04.11.2014 Views

Urgent Warnings, Breakthrough Solutions, Second Edition

Urgent Warnings, Breakthrough Solutions, Second Edition

Urgent Warnings, Breakthrough Solutions, Second Edition

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

• The Global MegaCrisis<br />

• Eroding Futures: Why Healthy Soil<br />

Matters to Civilization<br />

• The Top 20 (Plus 5) Technologies for the<br />

World Ahead<br />

• The Coming Robot Evolution Race<br />

• A Convenient Truth about Clean Energy<br />

• Relationships, Community, and Identity<br />

in the New Virtual Society<br />

• Why Farmers Need a Pay Raise<br />

• The Singularity’s Impact on Business<br />

Leaders<br />

• The World Is My School<br />

• Global, Mobile, Virtual, and Social:<br />

The College Campus of Tomorrow<br />

• Technology’s Role in Revolution<br />

• Asia Redraws the Map of Progress<br />

• Strategies for Living a Very Long Life<br />

• Building a Better Future for Haiti


<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>, 2nd <strong>Edition</strong>. World Future Society. 2011.<br />

Introduction<br />

Futurists are a unique breed of thinkers,<br />

who aren’t content with simply being told<br />

what the future may be like. They have an<br />

urgent need to know how other prognosticators<br />

arrive at their conclusions, they question<br />

the levels of uncertainty about these forecasts,<br />

and—more importantly—they want<br />

their own tools and resources for understanding<br />

all aspects of the future.<br />

For this second edition of the World Future<br />

Society’s exclusive report for its new members,<br />

the editors of THE FUTURIST magazine<br />

have selected recent articles that deliver<br />

the best possible introduction to what futurists<br />

do.<br />

We begin with an overview of the global<br />

problems we now face, as two prominent futurists<br />

offer their unique perspectives on<br />

four different scenarios for how the world<br />

may address these problems.<br />

The remainder of this report comprises<br />

thought-provoking articles that cover the six<br />

principal areas of futures analysis: Science<br />

and Technology, Earth, Humanity, Commerce,<br />

Governance, and the field of Futuring<br />

itself.<br />

We hope this introduction to the future<br />

will show you that the urgent warnings all<br />

around us can inspire innovative breakthrough<br />

solutions that will help us all build a<br />

better tomorrow today.<br />

Cynthia G. Wagner<br />

Editor, THE FUTURIST<br />

Overview<br />

2<br />

The Global MegaCrisis: Four Scenarios,<br />

Two Perspectives<br />

By William E. Halal and Michael Marien<br />

Sci/Tech<br />

9<br />

The Top 20 (Plus 5) Technologies for the<br />

World Ahead<br />

By James H. Irvine and Sandra Schwarzbach<br />

18<br />

The Coming Robot Evolution Race<br />

By Steven M. Shaker<br />

Earth<br />

22<br />

Eroding Futures: Why Healthy Soil Matters to<br />

Civilization<br />

By Lester R. Brown<br />

30<br />

A Convenient Truth about Clean Energy<br />

By Carl E. Schoder<br />

Commerce<br />

35<br />

Relationships, Community, and Identity in the<br />

New Virtual Society<br />

By Arnold Brown<br />

41<br />

The Singularity’s Impact on Business Leaders:<br />

A Scenario<br />

By Barton Kunstler<br />

48<br />

Why Farmers Need a Pay Raise<br />

By Julian Cribb<br />

Humanity<br />

51<br />

The World Is My School: Welcome to the Era of<br />

Personalized Learning<br />

By Maria H. Andersen<br />

57<br />

Global, Mobile, Virtual, and Social:<br />

The College Campus of Tomorrow<br />

By John Dew<br />

Governance<br />

62<br />

Technology’s Role in Revolution:<br />

Internet Freedom and Political Oppression<br />

By Evgeny Morozov<br />

66<br />

Asia Redraws the Map of Progress<br />

By Joergen Oerstroem Moeller<br />

Futuring<br />

72<br />

Strategies for Living a Very Long Life<br />

By Verne Wheelwright<br />

78<br />

Building a Better Future for Haiti<br />

A discussion with Raymond Alcide Joseph, Paul Joseph,<br />

and Emmanuel Henry, conducted by Timothy Mack<br />

and Cynthia G. Wagner


By William E. Halal and Michael Marien<br />

Global MegaCrisis<br />

Four Scenarios, Two Perspectives<br />

Two futurists map out the convergence of multiple global challenges,<br />

offering divergent viewpoints—one optimistic and one pessimistic—<br />

on the likelihood of successfully meeting these challenges and turning<br />

them into global progress.<br />

Killer pandemics, financial meltdowns,<br />

runaway global warming,<br />

environmental decay, nuclear war,<br />

cyberdisasters: These catastrophes<br />

are becoming increasingly routine<br />

headlines. But as the mainstream<br />

press focuses only on individual extreme<br />

events, attention is drawn<br />

away from an issue far more complex:<br />

the convergence of multiple<br />

problems into a Global MegaCrisis.<br />

This article offers an explanation of<br />

this complex issue, as well as four<br />

plausible scenarios based on how we<br />

and our institutions approach it.<br />

The Global MegaCrisis cuts across<br />

all sectors in an era of multiple transformations.<br />

The Iraq War demonstrated<br />

the limits of U.S. military<br />

power, and the 2008 global financial<br />

crisis highlighted the limits of deregulated<br />

markets. With these founda-<br />

tions of the old global order shaken<br />

badly, the growing threat of climate<br />

change, looming energy shortages,<br />

huge government deficits, terrorism,<br />

and a host of wild cards now form a<br />

complex interplay of destructive<br />

forces that are straining established<br />

systems to the breaking point. These<br />

multiple threats converge like a<br />

multi-vehicle freeway pileup in slow<br />

motion. If it had not been bad mortgages<br />

and arcane derivatives, other<br />

driving forces in these complex systems<br />

might have caused roughly the<br />

same type of global failure. And<br />

more failures seem all too likely.<br />

The Global MegaCrisis: What Is It<br />

And What Does It Look Like?<br />

The MegaCrisis, simply defined, is<br />

a global environmental and eco-<br />

nomic collapse or near collapse,<br />

along with attendant problems of<br />

rising prices, mass protests, widespread<br />

psychic stress, and lawlessness.<br />

We present the following tentative<br />

outline to better paint a picture<br />

of what MegaCrisis might look like.<br />

Some Trends Driving the MegaCrisis<br />

• Climate Change, No Matter<br />

What. The year 2010 marked the hottest<br />

year (and decade) on record. The<br />

world has already seen a 1°F temperature<br />

rise, and an additional 4°–6° rise is<br />

likely even if all proposed actions are<br />

taken. Expect possibly 10°F in the next<br />

few decades if greenhouse gases keep<br />

growing. In addition, the projected<br />

sea-level rise in the 2007 Intergovernmental<br />

Panel on Climate Change<br />

(IPCC) report was 16 inches by 2100;<br />

now it is about three to six feet by 2100.<br />

2 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


Complicating this first point is the<br />

fact that reducing CO 2<br />

is costly. The<br />

science indicates that greenhouse<br />

gases must be reduced by 60% from<br />

1980 levels to avoid severe climate<br />

change. This would cost roughly $20<br />

trillion, or about 1% to 3% of global<br />

GDP, if done soon, but would be far<br />

more costly if done later. The problem<br />

is even more daunting because<br />

most developing nations are likely to<br />

industrialize, and most industrialized<br />

nations are likely to grow, increasing<br />

all these threats over the<br />

long term.<br />

• Political Will to Reduce CO 2<br />

Is<br />

Lacking. There are as yet no global<br />

agreements that would decrease carbon<br />

emissions significantly. Meanwhile,<br />

China, India, and the United<br />

States are planning to build a total of<br />

850 coal-fired plants, adding five<br />

times as much CO 2<br />

to the atmosphere<br />

as present treaties intend to<br />

reduce.<br />

• Methane May Be Worse Than<br />

CO 2<br />

. Keep your eye on methane, a<br />

potent greenhouse gas that is 23<br />

times worse than CO 2<br />

, although it<br />

doesn’t stay in the atmosphere as<br />

long. Large quantities of methane<br />

are being released from thawing tundra<br />

in the Arctic region, and still<br />

larger quantities may be released<br />

from icelike methane clathrates on<br />

the ocean floor in coastal areas.<br />

• Freshwater Is Becoming More<br />

Scarce. Nearly a billion people lack<br />

clean water, and 2.6 billion lack good<br />

sanitation. Water tables are falling on<br />

all continents, and the World Bank<br />

estimates that, by 2025, half of the<br />

world population could face water<br />

scarcity due to climate change, population<br />

growth, and increasing demand<br />

for water. Unless major<br />

changes occur, global water shortages<br />

are likely to cause mass migrations,<br />

higher food prices, malnutrition,<br />

and major conflicts.<br />

• Recession Likely to Last for<br />

Years. The Great Recession that began<br />

in 2008 is often compared to the<br />

Great Depression of 1930, which<br />

lasted until 1940. The International<br />

Monetary Fund forecasts growth for<br />

the next two years at slightly above<br />

2% in developed nations, although it<br />

should remain at 8% in the developing<br />

world. Some economists think<br />

unemployment rates between 8%<br />

“Suddenly, many of the concerns we were forewarned<br />

of over recent decades are at hand.”<br />

and 9% are quite likely for several<br />

years, much like Japan’s “lost<br />

decade” in the 1990s.<br />

• Severe Institutional Failures.<br />

The near collapse of the world’s financial<br />

system in 2008 highlighted<br />

structural failures in the financial industry,<br />

government, and other institutions.<br />

A study of 1,500 CEOs<br />

noted: “The world’s leaders think<br />

their enterprises are not equipped to<br />

cope with complexity in the global<br />

environment.” Nobel Prize–winning<br />

economist Joseph Stiglitz wrote,<br />

“The financial collapse may be to<br />

markets what the Berlin Wall was to<br />

Communism.”<br />

• Cyberwarfare/Cyberterrorism.<br />

Computer hacking is growing, commensurate<br />

with the boom in global<br />

e-commerce. U.S. military networks,<br />

nuclear facilities, banks, air-trafficcontrol<br />

systems, and electrical grids<br />

are under constant attack. The U.S.<br />

Naval War College was shut down<br />

by hackers for more than two weeks<br />

in 2006. The threat is so great that<br />

one expert suggested installing<br />

“cyberwar hotlines” similar to the<br />

special phones that the United States<br />

and Soviet Union used to avoid nuclear<br />

Armageddon.<br />

• Weapons of Mass Destruction.<br />

The old status quo of MAD (mutually<br />

assured destruction) may have<br />

kept two superpowers locked in a<br />

stalemate, but it is no longer viable<br />

with nine contending nuclear powers<br />

(and more likely to emerge, including<br />

terrorist groups). Between<br />

1993 and the end of 2009, the Illicit<br />

Trafficking Database recorded 1,784<br />

nuclear trafficking incidents.<br />

Suddenly, many of the concerns<br />

we were forewarned of over recent<br />

decades are at hand. The future is arriving—and<br />

with a vengeance. There<br />

is a palpable and widespread fear<br />

that the present world is unsustainable<br />

and that events could easily<br />

spin out of control. Scientists are<br />

convinced that a 60% reduction in<br />

carbon-dioxide emissions is needed<br />

to stave off ruinous climate change,<br />

but achieving that goal looks so unrealistic<br />

that many are girding to<br />

withstand a significant rise in sea<br />

levels, scorching heat, withering<br />

droughts, and more extreme weather<br />

patterns. Policy makers in major<br />

world capitals, including Washington,<br />

are seriously considering geoengineering<br />

the planet as a last-ditch<br />

effort to stave off disaster. The Mega-<br />

Crisis represents what could occur if<br />

the human species fails to transform<br />

its economies, technologies, politics,<br />

and lifestyles into something more<br />

sustainable within the next two decades.<br />

Debating the Global MegaCrisis<br />

And Its Outcomes<br />

With these political, financial, and<br />

ecological crises threatening the<br />

world, the two of us engaged in a<br />

spirited e-mail discussion, later published<br />

in World Future Review (“Letter<br />

to the Editor: A Dialogue Between<br />

William E. Halal and Michael<br />

Marien,” June-July 2009). We then<br />

published a survey on TechCast.org<br />

to encourage discussion and to learn<br />

what others think. The survey summarizes<br />

our differing views and asks<br />

TechCast experts and visitors to<br />

evaluate the severity of the Global<br />

MegaCrisis and the probability of<br />

four alternative scenarios.<br />

The four scenarios run along a<br />

single axis from pessimistic to optimistic.<br />

This enables us to focus on alternative<br />

outcomes for the entire<br />

world or entire societies moving<br />

through a period of crisis.<br />

Scenario 1: Decline to Disaster<br />

The world fails to react to the<br />

Global MegaCrisis in time. Indecision<br />

reigns due to too many choices,<br />

too many entrenched interest<br />

groups, and too few resources to<br />

make necessary changes. Huge government<br />

deficits persist, leading to<br />

failures of public services and an inability<br />

to make crucial transition investments<br />

in energy, education, and<br />

infrastructure. Governments are unable<br />

to reform financial systems,<br />

curb global warming, reduce military<br />

spending, or conquer deficits.<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 3


Most corporations remain focused<br />

on short-term profit. Technological<br />

advances are shelved, delayed, controversial,<br />

or fail to help. Climate<br />

change accelerates, thanks in part to<br />

large amounts of methane complementing<br />

the carbon dioxide being released<br />

into the atmosphere, resulting<br />

in more extreme weather events,<br />

massive migrations, and crop losses.<br />

The bottom line: a global economic<br />

depression, crippling energy shortages,<br />

ecological collapse, local and<br />

regional wars, rampant terrorism,<br />

crime, corruption, and more.<br />

Scenario 2: Muddling Down<br />

Halfhearted, inadequate actions<br />

result in the apparent paradox of a<br />

high-tech dark age. Political stalemates,<br />

general ignorance about the<br />

complexity of the problems, and lack<br />

of resources stymie all but the most<br />

modest changes in financial systems,<br />

governance, energy, and education.<br />

The promise of new technologies is<br />

only partly met, and pollution and<br />

population pressures continue as the<br />

world population passes 7 billion in<br />

late 2011. The effects of climate<br />

change become even more extreme.<br />

Meanwhile, recovery from the Great<br />

Recession is slow and uneven, and<br />

the number of failed states rises. Local<br />

wars and terrorist attacks increase.<br />

Despite claims of progress by political<br />

and corporate leaders, high<br />

unemployment persists and the<br />

quality of life declines for most<br />

people.<br />

Scenario 3: Muddling Up<br />

Governments and corporations act<br />

slowly, but with increasing knowledge.<br />

Mounting threats spur generally<br />

successful efforts. Far more sophisticated<br />

information technology<br />

(IT) and artificial intelligence (AI)<br />

provide powerful technical capabilities<br />

to help counter the challenges.<br />

The sense of urgency builds as problems<br />

increase, so public attitudes<br />

shift enough to favor needed<br />

changes, and reasonably good leadership<br />

is able to provide guidance.<br />

There are relatively minor disasters<br />

along the way but little that is catastrophic<br />

for an entire region or the<br />

planet. A rudimentary but functioning<br />

global order emerges to manage<br />

this advanced society in time to<br />

avert widespread disaster. Many<br />

new problems arise nonetheless, but<br />

most are adequately addressed.<br />

Scenario 4: Rise to Maturity<br />

The transition to a new global order<br />

is made quickly and easily. Governments<br />

and corporations act wisely<br />

and with determination, and are supported<br />

by the majority of people. The<br />

world surpasses the United Nations<br />

Millennium Development Goals of<br />

halving poverty by 2015, and many<br />

countries approach ecological<br />

sustainability (at least as it is currently<br />

defined). A conversion to clean,<br />

renewable energy happens quickly<br />

and provides a solid boost to many<br />

national and regional economies.<br />

Early Survey Results<br />

As of January 2011, our exploratory<br />

survey has been completed by<br />

60 responders, and more replies are<br />

coming in. It’s not a random sample;<br />

these are smart and thoughtful<br />

people. Here is the breakdown of responses<br />

to the initial question, “How<br />

severe is the potential threat posed<br />

by the Global MegaCrisis?”<br />

Table 1. Severity of the<br />

Potential Threat<br />

Severity Respondents (%)<br />

Catastrophic (Decline<br />

to Disaster)<br />

Could be the end<br />

of civilization for<br />

many if not all<br />

Severe (Muddling<br />

Down) Major declines<br />

in central<br />

aspects of life<br />

Bad (Muddling<br />

Up) Serious challenges<br />

likely to be<br />

met in time<br />

Overblown (Rise<br />

to Maturity) Problems<br />

greatly exaggerated;<br />

technology<br />

and the market<br />

can handle them<br />

Don’t Know / Too<br />

murky and can’t<br />

even make a guess<br />

22%<br />

60%<br />

13%<br />

4%<br />

2%<br />

Table 2. Probability of<br />

Four Scenarios<br />

Scenario Probability (%)<br />

Decline to Disaster<br />

World fails to<br />

react, resulting in<br />

accelerated climate<br />

change, widespread<br />

energy and water<br />

shortages, economic<br />

depression, conflict,<br />

etc.<br />

Muddling Down<br />

World reacts, partially,<br />

but problems<br />

continue to outdistance<br />

policies and<br />

technologies. Ecological<br />

damage continues,<br />

as does increased<br />

poverty, inequality,<br />

and<br />

conflict.<br />

Muddling Up<br />

World reacts out of<br />

need. Policies and<br />

technologies help<br />

make headway on<br />

problems. Widespread<br />

disaster<br />

avoided, but many<br />

problems remain.<br />

Rise to Maturity<br />

World transitions to<br />

a humane and<br />

responsible global<br />

order.<br />

25%<br />

35%<br />

28%<br />

12%<br />

We also asked respondents to estimate<br />

the probability for each of the<br />

four scenarios along the pessimism–<br />

optimism axis. This question frames<br />

the issue differently, but produces<br />

roughly the same general results: a<br />

60% probability for the two most<br />

pessimistic scenarios, compared<br />

with a 40% probability for the two<br />

most optimistic.<br />

The rough timetable for these<br />

four scenarios is estimated as follows.<br />

Note that the Muddling<br />

Down scenario is thought to occur<br />

earlier than the others; indeed,<br />

some think it has already begun.<br />

4 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


Here are the dates that respondents<br />

suggested:<br />

Table 3. Mean Arrival Dates<br />

Scenario<br />

Year<br />

Decline to Disaster 2029<br />

Muddling Down 2023<br />

Muddling Up 2027<br />

Rise to Maturity 2033<br />

Many respondents identified the<br />

key problems as chronic failures in<br />

governance, leadership, and cultural<br />

attitudes. They also believe that, despite<br />

such failures, humanity has a<br />

proven capacity to survive, usually<br />

by muddling up.<br />

Halal’s Analysis:<br />

The World Is Entering an<br />

Advanced Stage of Evolution<br />

Despite the enormity of the challenges,<br />

there is reason for hope. Advanced<br />

IT, along with the rise of<br />

green technologies and other new industries,<br />

will help spur an economic<br />

upcycle starting about 2015, and it is<br />

likely that the Global MegaCrisis<br />

will be largely resolved by 2020.<br />

That is why I rate the four scenarios<br />

as follows: Decline to Disaster, 10%;<br />

Muddling Down, 25%; Muddling<br />

Up, 60%; Rise to Maturity, 5%.<br />

The forces involved are so historic<br />

and powerful that a long-term evolutionary<br />

perspective is necessary to<br />

understand what is taking place.<br />

Our work at the TechCast Project<br />

shows that the Global MegaCrisis is<br />

the inevitable result of high-tech globalization<br />

that is causing what we<br />

call a “global crisis of maturity.” This<br />

is a critical growth phase in the life<br />

cycle of the planet, marked by unprecedented<br />

transition points in climate<br />

change, energy consumption,<br />

economic systems, and all other facets<br />

of an emerging global order. We<br />

also believe that the relentless advance<br />

of information technology is<br />

driving a transition to an advanced<br />

stage of civilization powered by new<br />

technologies, interrelated global sys-<br />

tems, adaptive social institutions,<br />

mounting knowledge and intelligence,<br />

and global consciousness.<br />

By combining our 70 forecasts of<br />

technology breakthroughs, we are<br />

able to produce “macroforecasts”<br />

that suggest that the Muddling Up<br />

scenario could occur in about 10<br />

years, give or take three years.<br />

Worldwide e-commerce is likely to<br />

take off in about five years to form a<br />

rudimentary version of the “global<br />

brain” that futurists have long anticipated.<br />

Around 2020 or so, we are<br />

likely to see second-generation computing<br />

(optical, nano, bio, and quantum)<br />

and artificial intelligence that<br />

can automate routine knowledge.<br />

These developments will enable<br />

people to concentrate on values, beliefs,<br />

ideologies, and other higher<br />

levels of thought and to focus most<br />

of their attention on solving crucial<br />

global challenges. This constitutes<br />

the next logical phase in the progression<br />

of society from agriculture to<br />

manufacturing, services, knowledge,<br />

and even consciousness itself.<br />

The central role of IT/AI is a game<br />

changer because it shifts the relationship<br />

between humans and machines<br />

in profound ways. Contrary to the<br />

assertion that AI will surpass human<br />

abilities, AI liberates us from mental<br />

drudgery and releases the unique<br />

human capability for higher consciousness<br />

at the very time that the<br />

world faces unprecedented challenges.<br />

This is hardly a coincidence,<br />

but rather the playing out of historic<br />

forces in the evolutionary cycle.<br />

Sure, there will be lots of information<br />

overload and confusion, because<br />

the world is struggling to take<br />

responsibility for its future or suffer<br />

enormous consequences. However,<br />

pollster John Zogby’s research<br />

shows a “fundamental reorientation<br />

of the American character: away<br />

from wanton consumption and toward<br />

a new global citizenry in an<br />

age of limited resources.”<br />

Events are likely to culminate<br />

around 2020, when we expect IT/AI<br />

to mature and the threats to reach intolerable<br />

levels as the global GDP almost<br />

doubles. Yes, the situation<br />

looks bleak, but it’s always darkest<br />

just before the dawn. The rise of consciousness<br />

can be seen even now in<br />

the way the economic crisis has pro-<br />

voked a widespread awareness of<br />

the need to transform business and<br />

government institutions, stabilize<br />

the world’s financial system, promote<br />

renewable energy, and halt climate<br />

change.<br />

It is not possible to know much<br />

more about this coming “Age of<br />

Global Awareness,” just as we never<br />

could have guessed that the Information<br />

Age would entail us being<br />

virtually inseparable from our PCs,<br />

laptops, and smart phones for practically<br />

every waking hour. I suspect<br />

we will use what I call “Technologies<br />

of Consciousness” to see us through<br />

the crisis of maturity.<br />

Technologies of Consciousness<br />

(ToC) are methods that shape awareness,<br />

emotions, values, beliefs, ideologies,<br />

choices, and states of mind.<br />

The ToCs in this survey range from<br />

so-called “hard” ToCs, such as artificial<br />

intelligence, biofeedback, virtual<br />

reality, and even cybernetic brain enhancements,<br />

to “soft” or “social”<br />

ToCs, such as collaborative enterprise,<br />

conflict resolution, and even<br />

meditation and prayer.<br />

The key tool in the ToC arsenal is<br />

the little-used power of collaborative<br />

problem solving. In a knowledge<br />

society, collaboration creates new solutions<br />

that can benefit all parties,<br />

but this is not yet well recognized.<br />

Maybe this collaborative article can<br />

serve as a small example.<br />

When we (Michael Marien and<br />

myself) started working together<br />

on this project, I thought many<br />

times that we could not go on because<br />

our views were so strikingly<br />

at odds. We were dealing with a<br />

tough issue, of course, but the<br />

problem was exacerbated because<br />

both of us have thought about<br />

futures for many decades, but from<br />

different perspectives. One of us is<br />

guardedly optimistic, while the<br />

other is decidedly pessimistic (albeit<br />

hoping to be proven wrong).<br />

By examining our differences in the<br />

light of compromise, we made important<br />

breakthroughs. Collaboration<br />

is a powerful approach to<br />

problem solving—and possibly the<br />

single best way to resolve the<br />

Global MegaCrisis. Technologies of<br />

Consciousness such as those mentioned<br />

above could greatly encourage<br />

collaboration.<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 5


Marien’s Analysis:<br />

Infoglut, Ignorance, Indecision,<br />

and Inadequacy<br />

The two of us agree that both a<br />

Global MegaCrisis and an IT/AI explosion<br />

are under way, and that<br />

there are other technology revolutions<br />

ahead, as nicely summarized<br />

by the TechCast Project. The question<br />

is: Will the IT/AI explosion<br />

make things better? It is indeed “a<br />

game changer,” and it will change<br />

many games—for good and ill. It<br />

could bring convergence of thinking<br />

about important global issues and<br />

move attention to “higher levels of<br />

consciousness.” It is also just as<br />

likely to cause further information<br />

and growing inadequacy.” As a consequence,<br />

I rate the four scenarios as<br />

follows: Decline to Disaster, 20%;<br />

Muddling Down, 60%; Muddling Up,<br />

20%; and Rise to Maturity, 0%.<br />

Certainly there is more consciousness<br />

about global issues nowadays,<br />

and some actions are being taken to<br />

improve global governance. There is<br />

growing awareness of climate<br />

change. The “greening” of communities,<br />

businesses, and governments is<br />

under way in many places, and there<br />

is a veritable gold rush to develop a<br />

wide variety of clean energy technologies<br />

(for example, ExxonMobil’s recent<br />

claimed investment of $600 million<br />

to produce liquid fuels from<br />

algae). And yet the latest assessglut,<br />

fragmentation, degraded consciousness,<br />

indecision, and, ultimately,<br />

half-baked inadequate action.<br />

Based on the first decade or so<br />

of the Internet and vastly expanded<br />

information abundance of all sorts, I<br />

see no reason for unfettered optimism,<br />

which is simply wishful<br />

thinking in the end.<br />

In my essay “Futures Thinking and<br />

Macro-Systems: Our Era of Mal-<br />

Adaptive, Non-Adaptive, and Semi-<br />

Adaptive Systems” (World Future Review,<br />

April-May 2009), I argue that<br />

our increasingly complex social systems<br />

are adapting in the wrong direction,<br />

not adapting at all, or only<br />

partly adapting, which could well result<br />

in the paradox of “improvement<br />

Recently Published Books<br />

Other perspectives on the Global MegaCrisis<br />

To provide a broader sense of the MegaCrisis, we offer<br />

a summary of the problem as seen by a variety of<br />

prominent futurists and other writers.<br />

It is important to realize that there is no shared language<br />

on the general global condition. Nor is there any<br />

shared approach. Some writers use a balanced perspective<br />

that looks at both pessimistic and optimistic indicators,<br />

but most decidedly take one side or the other.<br />

Here is a sampling of both general overviews and onesided<br />

views.<br />

Perhaps the best starting point is the “State of the<br />

Future Index” in the Millennium Project’s annual State<br />

of the Future report, assembled by Jerome C. Glenn,<br />

Theodore J. Gordon, and Elizabeth Florescu (The Millennium<br />

Project, 2010). The Index reviews 30 trends to<br />

provide a “report card for humanity,” divided into four<br />

categories: where we are winning (improved literacy<br />

rate, more Internet users, improved life expectancy,<br />

etc.), where we are losing (fossil fuel emissions, unemployment,<br />

terrorist attack casualties, etc.), where there<br />

is little change (HIV prevalence, for example), and<br />

where there is uncertainty (infectious diseases, for example).<br />

How the trends are weighted is problematic,<br />

however, and there is doubt as to whether the 30 indicators<br />

cover all essential developments.<br />

A recent report prepared by the Rockefeller Foundation,<br />

along with Peter Schwartz and the Global Business<br />

Network, parallels somewhat the four single-axis<br />

scenarios presented in our article. Scenarios for the<br />

Future of Technology and International Development (2010)<br />

provides four scenarios for the next decade or so in a<br />

2x2 matrix along two axes: strong versus weak political/economic<br />

alignment, and low versus high adaptive<br />

capacity. The scenarios are “Hack Attack” (an unstable<br />

and shock-prone world, with weak governments, thriving<br />

criminality, and dangerous technologies), “Lock<br />

Step” (tighter top-down government control after a<br />

2012 pandemic, with limited innovation and growing<br />

citizen pushback), “Smart Scramble” (an economically<br />

depressed world, with local makeshift solutions and<br />

“good enough” technology addressing a growing set of<br />

problems), and “Clever Together” (a world of highly<br />

coordinated and successful strategies addressing global<br />

issues). A free PDF is available at www.RockFound.org;<br />

Global Foresight Books selected this as its Book of the<br />

Month for November 2010.<br />

Essential reading, as always, is provided by Lester R.<br />

Brown, founder of the Earth Policy Institute, in World<br />

on the Edge: How to Prevent Environmental and Economic<br />

Collapse (W.W. Norton, 2011). He warns that “ecological<br />

and economic deficits are now shaping not only our<br />

future, but our present. … [T]he ‘perfect storm’ or the<br />

‘ultimate recession’ could come at any time.”<br />

In The Great Disruption: How the Climate Crisis Will<br />

Change Everything (for the Better) (Bloomsbury USA,<br />

2011), Paul Gilding, a faculty member of the Cambridge<br />

University Program for Sustainability Leadership, sees<br />

loss, suffering, and conflict in the coming decades, as<br />

our “planetary overdraft is paid,” but believes that<br />

compassion, innovation, resilience, and adaptability<br />

will win out.<br />

John L. Petersen, founder of The Arlington Institute,<br />

focuses on a wide range of converging global trends,<br />

breakdowns, and breakthroughs in A Vision for 2012:<br />

Planning for Extraordinary Change (Fulcrum, 2008), concluding<br />

with an exploration of various possibilities after<br />

a massive catastrophe, ranging from a failed global<br />

system to a new world of global cooperation and har-<br />

6 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


ments of climate experts are increasingly<br />

dire—thus, “improvement and<br />

growing inadequacy” seems likely.<br />

The biggest blind spot in the IT/AI<br />

vision has to do with governance. In<br />

the “Rise to Maturity” scenario, governments<br />

and corporations do the<br />

right thing—and are supported by<br />

the public. This happens even in the<br />

more likely “Muddling Up” scenario.<br />

It may be desirable, but it is not likely<br />

in our chaotic new information environment<br />

of tweets, twitters, trivia,<br />

sound bites, floods of e‐mails, superficiality,<br />

commercialism, and ever<br />

more fragmentation. Huge deficits,<br />

run up by many governments, are<br />

leading to draconian cuts in essential<br />

services and inattention to decaying<br />

or inadequate infrastructure, while<br />

fueling overreactionary fears that we<br />

are headed toward fiscal ruin, “evil”<br />

socialism, and/or unwelcome centralized<br />

global government.<br />

Also, despite the hyperabundance<br />

of information, there is no evidence<br />

that people are better informed<br />

about current affairs today than they<br />

were in the past. Newspapers and<br />

magazines are closing down or<br />

shrinking their coverage of national<br />

and global issues. In the United<br />

States, financially stressed schools<br />

and colleges are still deficient in<br />

civic education, let alone serious<br />

futures education, and socioeconomic<br />

inequalities continue to grow.<br />

We may still see some shift to en-<br />

lightened views, but, more likely<br />

than not, too little too late. And it<br />

may well be offset or rolled back by<br />

simplistic reactionary movements.<br />

Granted, Facebook and Twitter<br />

have sparked a spectacular and welcome<br />

string of regime changes in the<br />

Middle East. However, once the postdictator<br />

euphoria passes, the harsh<br />

realities of rising prices and a bulging<br />

youth population in need of employment<br />

may lead to further discontent.<br />

This is not “doom and gloom,” but<br />

mainstream social-science thinking,<br />

based on my synthesis of hundreds of<br />

recent books on environmental issues,<br />

governance, IT impacts, and education.<br />

Perhaps we can return to an undisputed<br />

path of evolutionary progress,<br />

mony with nature. His brief version, “A New End, A<br />

New Beginning,” appears in the World Future Society’s<br />

2009 conference volume, Innovation and Creativity in a<br />

Complex World.<br />

Another and still broader view of world-scale systems<br />

crises and civic collapse by the 2020s, to be followed<br />

by “our maturity as a species,” is provided by<br />

Duane Elgin in The Living Universe (Berrett-Koehler,<br />

2009).<br />

Acceleration: The Forces Driving Human Progress by<br />

Ronald G. Havelock (Prometheus Books, 2011) makes a<br />

strong and thoughtful case for long-term progress of<br />

humanity, and a somewhat successful attempt to address<br />

various “fears for the future.” However, the 15-<br />

page annotated bibliography is a bit spotty, with favorable<br />

comments on Julian Simon and John Naisbitt,<br />

negative reviews of Paul Ehrlich and the 1972 Limits to<br />

Growth report, and no consideration of Lester R. Brown<br />

and current thinking of the vast majority of climate scientists.<br />

An upbeat view looking beyond the Great Recession<br />

is provided by urbanist Richard Florida in The Great Reset:<br />

How New Ways of Living and Working Drive Post-<br />

Crash Prosperity (Harper, 2010). This is countered with<br />

the grim view of Dystopia: What Is to Be Done? by Canadian<br />

sociologist Gary Potter (CreateSpace, 2010), who<br />

sees capitalist-driven disaster already afflicting at least<br />

one billion people and coming soon for the rest of us.<br />

Collapse: How Societies Choose to Fail or Succeed by<br />

UCLA geography professor Jared Diamond (Penguin,<br />

2005) was a best-seller for more than six months and is<br />

still relevant. Our Final Century: The 50/50 Threat to Humanity’s<br />

Survival by UK Royal Astronomer and Cambridge<br />

professor Martin Rees (Basic Books, 2003) covers<br />

a broad range of science and technology risks and is<br />

also still very relevant.<br />

Severe climate change scenarios in particular deserve<br />

our attention. Climatic Cataclysm: The Foreign Policy and<br />

National Security Implications of Climate Change, edited<br />

by Kurt M. Campbell of the Center for a New American<br />

Security (Brookings Institution Press, 2008), offers three<br />

plausible scenarios: Expected Climate Change by 2040,<br />

Severe Climate Change by 2040, and Catastrophic Climate<br />

Change in the 2040-2100 period, as average global<br />

temperatures rise to 5.6°C above 1990 levels.<br />

In a more popular style, former U.S. Assistant Secretary<br />

of Energy Joseph J. Romm provides three scenarios<br />

in Hell and High Water (Morrow, 2007) on developments<br />

in three periods: 2000-2025, 2025-2050, and 2050-2100<br />

(when a sea level rise of 20–80 feet will be “all but<br />

unstop pable” if current trends continue). A longer-term<br />

view of our world in 2050, 2100, and 2300 is enabled by<br />

University of Washington geologist Peter D. Ward in<br />

The Flooded Earth: Our Future in a World without Ice Caps<br />

(Basic Books, 2010), who argues that sea-level rise will<br />

happen no matter what we do.<br />

Our own previous contributions to thinking about<br />

the MegaCrisis include Democracy in the 21st Century by<br />

Michael Marien (Future Survey Mini-Guide #3, 2008), on<br />

problems of democracy and today’s ill-informed citizens,<br />

and Technology’s Promise by William E. Halal<br />

(Palgrave Macmillan, 2008), which covers TechCast<br />

forecasts of the technology revolution.<br />

—William E. Halal and Michael Marien<br />

Note: Longer reviews of many of these books are<br />

available online at GlobalForesightBooks.org.<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 7


Defining and Anticipating the<br />

Global MegaCrisis<br />

How to Define the Global MegaCrisis<br />

At the personal level, it is a MegaCrisis to lose one’s<br />

home, job, and/or spouse. At the community level, a city<br />

or state (like Haiti) reeling from high unemployment<br />

and/or a natural disaster is in a MegaCrisis. In a broader<br />

sense, a MegaCrisis is more than a “catastrophe,” and it<br />

can bring about a natural turning point in social evolution.<br />

It is thus not only a threat but may also be an opportunity.<br />

The Global MegaCrisis is a constellation of major issues<br />

such as climate change, ecological collapse, economic<br />

depression, nuclear threats, and/or high-impact<br />

wild cards that threaten civilization. Worth noting is that,<br />

in the most hopeful scenario, the Global MegaCrisis<br />

could initiate the creation of an advanced stage of development<br />

based on knowledge, high technology, and<br />

global community.<br />

How to Understand the Global MegaCrisis<br />

Trends such as those listed in this article suggest that<br />

we are moving toward a MegaCrisis, and there are many<br />

other indicators to consider as well. If Iran demonstrates<br />

a nuclear bomb, for example, this would heighten the<br />

chances of war, which could destabilize the Middle East<br />

and deepen a global MegaCrisis. Many would argue that<br />

failed or failing states, such as Somalia and Haiti, are already<br />

in a condition of MegaCrisis. There will always be<br />

contending perspectives when it comes to anticipating<br />

crises and gauging their severity. However, avoiding the<br />

issue, forestalling painful but necessary changes, or simply<br />

thinking, “it can’t happen here” will increase the<br />

probability of catastrophe.<br />

What Might Happen When the Global MegaCrisis<br />

Arrives?<br />

Could it be the beginning of “The End” (complete extinction<br />

or major decline in civilization)? Or could such a<br />

breakdown ultimately lead to a breakthrough—a shift in<br />

global consciousness, for example—as Ervin Laszlo and<br />

others have postulated? Such a transition could be rapid<br />

or slow. It could be a clear upturn or downturn, or mixed<br />

paths, as in our “Muddling Down” and “Muddling Up”<br />

scenarios. The uncertainty is huge. What is certain is that<br />

sharply differing visions of what is likely to happen will<br />

be hotly contested, as illustrated in this article.<br />

—William E. Halal and Michael Marien<br />

“We may still see some<br />

shift to enlightened views,<br />

but, more likely than not,<br />

too little too late.” (Marien)<br />

but it will require a major restructuring<br />

of industrial-era knowledge and education/learning,<br />

especially adult/voter<br />

learning, and serious consideration of<br />

ethics and the quality of public discourse.<br />

What Halal refers to as “Technologies<br />

of Consciousness” are not a<br />

solution in and of themselves.<br />

Your Turn<br />

You have now encountered four<br />

scenarios and two differing arguments<br />

about which direction the<br />

world is heading in. Now it’s your<br />

turn to think and respond—and to<br />

encourage others to do the same. We<br />

invite readers to take the MegaCrisis<br />

Survey at www.TechCast.org. ❑<br />

Halal Marien<br />

About the Authors<br />

William E. Halal is professor emeritus at<br />

George Washington University and president<br />

of TechCast LLC (www.TechCast.org).<br />

Portions of this article are adapted from his<br />

forthcoming book, Through the MegaCrisis:<br />

The Technology Revolution to a World of<br />

Knowledge, Intelligence, and Global Consciousness.<br />

Michael Marien is the founder and former<br />

editor of Future Survey, published by WFS<br />

for 30 years, and is now the director of<br />

GlobalForesightBooks.org.<br />

Despite their differences, Halal and<br />

Marien share the common bond of having<br />

studied for advanced degrees at the University<br />

of California, Berkeley.<br />

The authors gratefully acknowledge contributions<br />

to this analysis by Jerome C.<br />

Glenn, director of the Millennium Project,<br />

and Mike MacCracken, chief scientist at the<br />

Climate Institute. Readers are invited to<br />

take the MegaCrisis Survey at www.Tech-<br />

Cast.org. E-mail comments to halal@gwu<br />

.edu and mmarien@twcny.rr.com.<br />

8 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


The Top 20<br />

(Plus 5)<br />

Technologies<br />

for the<br />

World Ahead<br />

By James H. Irvine and<br />

Sandra Schwarzbach<br />

<strong>Breakthrough</strong>s now emerging in biotechnology,<br />

robotics, and other key areas bear the potential<br />

to reshape life on Earth. Two military analysts<br />

describe the 20 innovations that will have<br />

the biggest impacts in the near future,<br />

plus five prospective technologies that<br />

could have major repercussions in the<br />

longer term.<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 9


A<br />

bout 10 years ago, we at the<br />

Naval Air Warfare Center in<br />

Southern California set out<br />

to determine how emerging technologies<br />

might change armed conflict<br />

over the next 25 to 50 years. We selected<br />

200 new technological applications,<br />

projecting out their growth<br />

and how they might influence future<br />

military strategy and warfare.<br />

Our conclusion: These technologies<br />

would be major drivers of not<br />

only future military affairs, but of<br />

virtually all of human life. From<br />

these 200, we examine here what we<br />

consider the top 20 innovations that<br />

will have the greatest effect in the<br />

near term; in addition, we’ve selected<br />

five other feasible technological<br />

developments that could significantly<br />

change our world in the more<br />

distant future.<br />

1. Computer Technology<br />

Computing power has increased<br />

by a factor of 10 6 since 1959. Based<br />

on present-day central processing<br />

technology, we can expect a 10 8 further<br />

improvement in the next 30 to<br />

40 years. Advances of up to 10 18 (100<br />

quintillion) could result, if any of the<br />

following innovations (which already<br />

exist at the laboratory level)<br />

undergo further development:<br />

• Parallel processing.<br />

• Advanced computer architecture.<br />

• Special function processing<br />

chips.<br />

• Special function analysis chips.<br />

Such a level of enhanced computer<br />

performance would require much<br />

more advanced production technologies,<br />

including new chip production<br />

technologies; new types of computer<br />

chips, circuit elements, and computer<br />

architectures and software;<br />

and a projected 10 5 improvement in<br />

telecommunications-transmission<br />

rates over the next 25 years.<br />

2. Ubiquitous Computing<br />

Household appliances and many<br />

other items in our everyday lives<br />

will be embedded with cheap and<br />

barely detectable microchips, sen-<br />

sors, microcontrollers, and microprocessors<br />

that sense our presence,<br />

anticipate our wishes, and read our<br />

emotions. Imbued with these tiny<br />

yet powerful computing components,<br />

appliances and consumer<br />

products will become “intelligent.”<br />

They will interconnect and communicate<br />

with each other via network<br />

grids.<br />

The ubiquitous-computing phenomenon<br />

will be further enabled by<br />

three new technologies:<br />

• MEMS. Micro-electro-mechanical<br />

systems integrate items such as<br />

sensors, computers, data storage,<br />

and transmission systems onto a<br />

single computer chip. MEMS are<br />

small, low mass, lightweight, low<br />

power, and easy to mass produce.<br />

They also measure a wide range of<br />

physical phenomena, such as acceleration,<br />

inertia, and vibration. They<br />

can be analytical instruments to<br />

measure biological or physical states<br />

and can also be active response systems.<br />

• Bots. Formally known as semiintelligent<br />

specialized agent software<br />

programs, bots can automatically<br />

sort data based on set preferences,<br />

keep track of specific dynamic data<br />

sets (such as checkbook balances or<br />

inventories), maintain schedules and<br />

calendars, and track movement of<br />

things and people while integrating<br />

them with outside events. Bots are<br />

also capable of interacting with other<br />

computer software and other bots on<br />

their own initiative to accomplish<br />

tasks independently of a human<br />

user.<br />

The general deployment of bots is<br />

projected to occur in the next seven<br />

to 10 years, pending the rollout of<br />

more advanced processor hardware.<br />

Masses of bots and bots-inhabited<br />

equipment will work together without<br />

human initiative—or even human<br />

knowledge—to automate large<br />

portions of society’s routine activities.<br />

Bots will also manage computer<br />

networks. By 2025, the Internet will<br />

have evolved into a bot-coordinated,<br />

bot-directed “information grid” that<br />

connects billions of devices, nodes,<br />

and sensors to each other. Under bot<br />

management, the Internet will be<br />

much more dynamic than it is today.<br />

• Swarm technology. Network<br />

command-and-control system architecture<br />

will be very unlike that of<br />

networks today. The ability to understand<br />

and manage the collective<br />

movements, reactions, and interactions<br />

of masses of interconnected<br />

items will be critical. Swarm technology—i.e.,<br />

decentralized arrays of<br />

agents or programs interacting locally<br />

with one another and with<br />

their surroundings, thus carrying<br />

out “intelligent” large-scale behavior<br />

(much like an ant colony, bacterial<br />

culture, or school of fish)—will be<br />

important in the near future for controlling<br />

and managing this new system.<br />

3.<br />

Human Language<br />

Interface for Computers<br />

Another great technological advance<br />

of the next 20 years will be the<br />

development of computers with<br />

human-language interfaces that fully<br />

comprehend human words—both<br />

spoken and written—and their<br />

meanings and that will talk, listen,<br />

and read aloud in humanlike voices.<br />

Some applications will permit information<br />

retrieval using natural language<br />

and automated foreign language<br />

translation for print and<br />

voice. Also, semi-intelligent personal<br />

search agents will use humanlanguage<br />

interfaces to search the Internet’s<br />

databases and archives to<br />

compile information in specialized<br />

fields of knowledge and areas of interest<br />

based on the human user’s<br />

specific interests and wishes.<br />

The human language computer interface<br />

could potentially transform<br />

society from a written culture to one<br />

relying more on verbal interactions.<br />

This interface will also automate a<br />

large number of voice-based activities,<br />

such as placing orders, asking<br />

directions, and executing verbal instructions<br />

to perform complex tasking.<br />

The education system and service<br />

area will both become more<br />

automated.<br />

4. Machine Vision<br />

Machine vision that will become<br />

available in five to 15 years will<br />

grow more sophisticated over time.<br />

10 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


The Socio-Technological Age Progression<br />

Agricultural Age<br />

Developed machine vision will have<br />

capability far beyond the range of<br />

the human eye (infrared, ultraviolet,<br />

multispectral). Robotic systems<br />

equipped with machine vision will<br />

recognize, classify, sort, and manipulate<br />

objects and respond to changes<br />

in their environments in unique<br />

ways. They will be put to a wide variety<br />

of industrial, laboratory, and<br />

surveillance uses, such as automatic<br />

guidance systems for vehicles and<br />

accident avoidance systems for machinery.<br />

5. Robot Technology<br />

We are now in the process of developing<br />

human-directed, virtual<br />

presence machines capable of<br />

remote-controlled movement and<br />

manipulation of objects. These devices<br />

are often called robots, which<br />

they are not. The technology to build<br />

real robots is on the way, however.<br />

In the near-term future, our world<br />

will be driven by two emerging technologies<br />

that are advancing simultaneously:<br />

robotics and biotechnology.<br />

These technologies will overtake information<br />

technology and give us a<br />

new Socio-Technological Age around<br />

the year 2025. This new age will continue<br />

for 50-plus years.<br />

The technologies needed to build<br />

Robotic-Biotech Age<br />

Information Age<br />

Post-Industrial Age<br />

Industrial Age<br />

4000 BC AD 1740 1960 1995 2025 2050 2075?<br />

robots that can perceive their surroundings,<br />

move themselves, and<br />

perform tasks without human oversight<br />

should reach fruition between<br />

2015 and 2025. By 2040, robotlike<br />

machinery will inhabit the world<br />

alongside people, doing much of the<br />

work.<br />

As robots enter the mainstream,<br />

they will probably exert major economic<br />

and societal impacts. On the<br />

positive side, labor productivity will<br />

vastly increase, which could be lifesaving<br />

as populations of retirees will<br />

swell in the developed world. Replacing<br />

the retiring labor force with<br />

high-tech robotic equipment will ensure<br />

that economies remain productive<br />

enough to support their retirees.<br />

Additionally, hundreds of thousands<br />

of new jobs could become available<br />

for human professionals who possess<br />

the skills to program robot-tohuman<br />

interface systems, movement<br />

control, harm-avoidance systems,<br />

vision packages, tasking systems,<br />

and speech-recognition programs.<br />

At the same time, major disruptions<br />

of the world’s workforces<br />

could result. Studies estimate that<br />

robots could replace as much as onethird<br />

to one-half of human labor in<br />

some industrial and service sectors.<br />

Additionally, robot technology could<br />

almost completely take over agriculture<br />

and displace most, if not all, of<br />

the world’s farm workers. Even<br />

worse, this precipitous fall in human<br />

labor will probably occur at a rapid<br />

pace: in about a five- to seven-year<br />

period.<br />

6. Telecommunications<br />

Revolution<br />

Mass interconnection of computerized<br />

data systems has enabled<br />

people and machines to talk to each<br />

other at high data rates. These data<br />

rates will get progressively higher<br />

over the next half century. Optical fiber<br />

network transmission systems<br />

will continuously increase their capacities<br />

and reach transmission capabilities<br />

as high as 100 terabytes per<br />

s e c o n d o n c e n e w p h o t o n i c s<br />

switches, photonics circuit elements,<br />

optical routers, and plasmon<br />

switches—all now under development—go<br />

into widespread use. This<br />

will ultimately produce a seamless,<br />

all-optical network for data communications<br />

four to five times more<br />

powerful than the current one.<br />

The next telecommunications revolution<br />

will offer mass sharing and<br />

transfer of databases, unrestricted<br />

worldwide communications and an<br />

ability to locate and communicate<br />

with anyone, a much higher diffusion<br />

of work via telecommuting,<br />

rapid and widespread dissemination<br />

of knowledge (unlimited access for<br />

everyone to the sum total of knowledge<br />

of the human race), and a much<br />

wider variety and availability of education<br />

and entertainment.<br />

7. Fullerene Chemistry<br />

In September 1985, Nobel Prize–<br />

winning chemist Rick Smalley discovered<br />

the original C 60<br />

molecule,<br />

buckminsterfullerene (“buckyballs”),<br />

which comprised 60 pure carbon atoms.<br />

In 1990, a means to mass produce<br />

buckyballs was discovered,<br />

making them available for largescale<br />

study and establishing the new<br />

field of fullerene chemistry. Since<br />

then, chemists have learned not only<br />

how to form fullerene molecules, but<br />

also how to attach other kinds of<br />

molecules to them and build new<br />

structures and materials, such as<br />

nanotubes and graphene.<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 11


Nanotubes are hollow, tubelike<br />

structures composed of carbon atoms.<br />

They are very strong under linear<br />

tensile loads, conduct electricity<br />

with little resistance, can store items<br />

in their hollow interiors, can filter<br />

substances that pass through them,<br />

and conduct heat better than any<br />

other known material. Researchers<br />

are exploring carbon nanotubes’ potential<br />

commercial uses as fiber in<br />

composite structures, as superconductive<br />

wire, and as a storage<br />

medium for hydrogen fuel. Other<br />

uses may include transport mechanisms<br />

for fluids in and out of the<br />

body, as molecular sieves and filters,<br />

superconducting interconnections on<br />

circuit chips, computer memory storage<br />

devices, thermal regulators, and<br />

small electric plasma guns.<br />

Graphene, first produced in a lab<br />

in 2004, is a flat, two-dimensional<br />

carbon fullerene consisting of a carbon<br />

sheet just a few atoms thick that<br />

can be extended indefinitely along<br />

its edges. It is an amazingly good<br />

conductor of electricity and has<br />

many potential uses in the electronics<br />

and semiconductor industries.<br />

Graphene ribbons made on an industrial<br />

scale, for example, could be<br />

used as connectors on computer<br />

chips. An experimental nanoscale<br />

graphene transistor was first demonstrated<br />

in a laboratory in April 2008.<br />

Large-scale production of graphene<br />

wafers could produce a new<br />

class of semi-superconducting substrate<br />

with which to build computer<br />

chips. This would make possible<br />

several revolutionary advances in<br />

chip technology: development of a<br />

superconducting substrate layer to<br />

connect components, processing elements,<br />

and multiple core dies and<br />

development of graphene-based<br />

super conducting transistors.<br />

Graphene wafers might also make<br />

Johnson junctions, induction<br />

switches, and “Y” switches work at<br />

room temperature. These three devices<br />

are three times faster than transistors,<br />

but at present they only work<br />

at cryogenic temperatures. If, by using<br />

graphene wafers, engineers successfully<br />

made them work at room<br />

temperature, they could create extremely<br />

efficient electrical networks<br />

that would not require active switching—i.e.,<br />

fewer moving parts and<br />

fewer resources required.<br />

8.<br />

Multi-Level Coding<br />

System in DNA<br />

Scientists now recognize that DNA<br />

has at least six levels of coding.<br />

Some birth defects, cancers, and<br />

other genetic disorders may not actually<br />

be the result of genes themselves,<br />

but of coding errors in these<br />

Emergence of the New Social Structure<br />

Agricultural Age<br />

Social Structure<br />

Aristocracy<br />

Intellectuals & Artists<br />

Merchants<br />

Artists & Craftsmen<br />

Agricultural Workers<br />

Industrial Age Social<br />

Structure<br />

Upper Class<br />

Intellectuals & Knowledge Workers<br />

Merchants<br />

Post-Industrial Age<br />

Social Structure<br />

Upper Class<br />

Intellectuals & Artists<br />

Merchants &<br />

Entrepreneurs<br />

Urban Bohemians<br />

Information Age<br />

Social Structure<br />

Upper & Ruling Class<br />

Intellectuals<br />

Developers of Intellectual Goods<br />

Cultural Sycophants<br />

Entrepreneurs<br />

Robotic-Biotech Age<br />

Social Structure<br />

Upper & Ruling Class<br />

Intellectuals<br />

Developers of<br />

Intellectual Goods<br />

Cultural Sycophants<br />

Entrepreneurs<br />

Industrial Workers<br />

Skill & Knowledge<br />

Workers<br />

Knowledge Workers Sub-Class<br />

Skill & Knowledge<br />

Workers<br />

Knowledge Workers Sub-Class<br />

System Knowledge Workers<br />

Sub-Class<br />

Skill & Knowledge<br />

Workers<br />

Retirees<br />

Bio-Med Sub-Class<br />

Bio-Med Sub-Class<br />

Industrial Workers<br />

Service Workers<br />

Retirees<br />

Industrial Workers<br />

Agricultural Population<br />

Service Workers<br />

Retirees<br />

Industrial Workers<br />

Agricultural Population<br />

Agricultural Workers<br />

Working Poor<br />

Agricultural Workers<br />

Social Wards<br />

Working Poor<br />

(unskilled but trainable for<br />

routine tasks)<br />

Social Wards<br />

Under Class<br />

Service Workers<br />

Working Poor<br />

(unskilled but trainable for<br />

routine tasks)<br />

Social Wards<br />

Under Class<br />

12 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


outer layers of the DNA system.<br />

Some of the “non-gene” control layers<br />

may be easier to manipulate than<br />

the classic, first-line gene layer. Recent<br />

discoveries have opened several<br />

new lines of genetic research, making<br />

this the dawn of a new era in<br />

molecular genetics.<br />

9.<br />

Biotech Analysis<br />

Instrumentation<br />

At present, only about 40% of the<br />

population reacts favorably to a new<br />

drug. The rest have either minimal<br />

reaction or adverse reactions. As<br />

knowledge of human bio-metabochemicals,<br />

but how to interpret the<br />

results. Too few tests have been conducted<br />

to establish the normal level<br />

of most of these chemicals in the human<br />

body. By the mid-twenty-first<br />

century, we will have enough data<br />

analyzed to tell what chemicals, proteins,<br />

and enzymes are normal in the<br />

human body; whether their physical<br />

form is a mutation or merely a normal<br />

statistical variation; and<br />

whether certain measurements are<br />

metabolic disorders or just normal<br />

variations of human metabolism.<br />

This information will have a significant<br />

impact on health.<br />

10.<br />

“Biochemists’ ultimate goal — of<br />

a full-scale biochemical computer<br />

model of human genetics, biochemistry,<br />

and all their interactions —<br />

will be available within 10 to 20<br />

years.”<br />

Development of new instruments<br />

to examine biological phenomena is<br />

revolutionizing the fields of biological<br />

research and medicine. One of<br />

the most important new instruments<br />

is the DNA microarrays, which are<br />

compact robotic systems that detect<br />

DNA and other biochemical matter.<br />

Modern microarrays’ detector systems<br />

are made with postage-stampsized<br />

coated glass wafers. Each wafer<br />

includes a grid of strands of DNA<br />

that only bind to their complementary<br />

DNA matches (or alternatively,<br />

dots of some biochemical reagent).<br />

The grid elements can measure the<br />

presence and level of a given gene or<br />

gene product (mutants, abnormal<br />

variants, dysfunctional genes) in a<br />

sample. These wafers can also find<br />

and analyze chemical and biological<br />

compounds within the body. Current<br />

machines are only capable of statistical<br />

samples. Scientists would like a<br />

machine capable of analyzing the entire<br />

human genome and its biochemical<br />

environment with all its variants<br />

in a single pass. It will probably be<br />

the late 2020s before a full human<br />

body biochemical scan can be performed.<br />

At present, however, our greater<br />

challenge is not how to detect the<br />

Human Biogenetic–<br />

Chemical Computer Model<br />

New biotechnology and computer<br />

science breakthroughs are revealing<br />

the body’s biochemical<br />

secrets<br />

and spurring creation<br />

of new methods<br />

for attacking<br />

metabolic and genetic<br />

disorders. We<br />

have begun to examine<br />

the body’s<br />

biochemical nature<br />

t o d e t e r m i n e<br />

whether it is functioning<br />

correctly<br />

and is in balance<br />

and to determine<br />

what effect this balance<br />

or imbalance has on health.<br />

Biochemists’ ultimate goal—of a<br />

full-scale biochemical computer<br />

model of human genetics, biochemistry,<br />

and all their interactions—will<br />

be available within 10 to 20 years.<br />

The amount of data and calculations<br />

involved will require a larger computer<br />

than available today, but this<br />

deficiency will be overcome within<br />

that time.<br />

By the mid-twenty-first century,<br />

we will have a working computer<br />

model of human genetics, biochemistry,<br />

and major portions of their<br />

interactions. This will permit the<br />

modeling of an individual’s genetics<br />

and biochemistry, which can be used<br />

to diagnose and isolate individual<br />

biochemical deficiencies, including a<br />

number of conditions that today<br />

may be considered psychological but<br />

are actually statistical variations in<br />

metabolism. This will also be used to<br />

determine the effect of drugs and<br />

nutrients.<br />

11.<br />

Treatment of Hereditary<br />

Diseases<br />

The human race is now afflicted<br />

by some 4,000 hereditary diseases<br />

caused by genetic abnormalities.<br />

These diseases have until now<br />

largely been untreatable. However,<br />

the new knowledge of gene structure<br />

and function could possibly lead to<br />

new treatments. Eventually, genetic<br />

intervention could prevent or treat a<br />

large number of diseases. More successful<br />

treatments might be possible<br />

via selected artificial protein therapy<br />

and/or micronutrients.<br />

It is also possible that this new biotech<br />

knowledge will uncover a variety<br />

of “minor” genetic diseases that<br />

people haven’t recognized or have<br />

assumed to be normal variations.<br />

Since these minor diseases affect a<br />

larger portion of the working population<br />

than the major hereditary disorders<br />

do, mitigating or curing them<br />

could lead to bigger increases in<br />

workforce productivity and performance.<br />

12.<br />

Control of Bio-Metabolic<br />

Disorders<br />

New means will arise to measure<br />

how the body is working at a biochemical<br />

level and to assess the<br />

body’s biochemicals (types and<br />

amounts) and whether the body metabolism<br />

displays proper balance.<br />

Biochemical “retuning” will treat a<br />

number of chronic, long-term conditions—including<br />

Parkinson’s disease,<br />

Alzheimer’s, and possibly even<br />

the aging process itself—by supplying<br />

chemical compounds that the patient’s<br />

body does not have in order<br />

to realign the biochemical functions.<br />

13.<br />

Blood and Tissue<br />

Matching of Drugs<br />

continued on page 15<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 13


© LAWRENCE BERKELEY NATIONAL LAB<br />

© LAWRENCE BERKELEY NATIONAL LAB<br />

WAKE FOREST UNIVERSITY<br />

Nanotechnology (#18): A nanoscale<br />

conveyor belt, composed of nanotubes,<br />

ferries atom-sized particles to a microscopic<br />

construction site where they can<br />

be assembled, one atom at a time, into<br />

molecular structures. This conveyor<br />

built, which was designed at the Lawrence<br />

Berkeley National Laboratory, exemplifies<br />

the nanotech manufacturing that<br />

Irvine and Schwarzbach expect will<br />

become commonplace in the next 10 to<br />

15 years.<br />

AIST<br />

Nanotechnology (#18): This nanomotor’s<br />

yellow rotor blades spin<br />

33,000 cycles per second on a nanotube<br />

axle. The device is virtually<br />

frictionless, so it will not wear down<br />

with use. Measuring about one threehundredths<br />

of the diameter of a human<br />

hair, it is the world’s smallest<br />

nanomotor, but its Lawrence Berkeley<br />

National Lab designers predict that<br />

versions five times smaller could be<br />

built in the future. Nanomotors such as<br />

this one lend credence to Irvine and<br />

Schwarzbach’s forecast that nanotubes<br />

may serve many engineering uses.<br />

Tissue Engineering (#15): This<br />

artificial liver, made with real,<br />

living human cells, is held on<br />

display at the Wake Forest<br />

University Baptist Medical Center,<br />

in North Carolina, where a<br />

university medical research team<br />

constructed it. It is an example of<br />

the many replacement organs<br />

that Irvine and Schwarzbach<br />

hope medical teams will soon be<br />

able to compose in their labs.<br />

© HDW<br />

Robot Technology (#5): The humanlike<br />

HRP-4 robot, developed by the<br />

Japanese government’s National<br />

Institute of Advanced Industrial Science<br />

and Technology, in conjunction with<br />

Japanese firm Kawada Technologies,<br />

has enough range of motion in its arms<br />

to lift a soda bottle and pour its contents<br />

into a glass. Robots will continue<br />

to gain capability and take up more<br />

types of work for their human creators,<br />

according to Irvine and Schwarzbach.<br />

Fuel Cells (#20): Hydrogen fuel cells power this Class 214 submarine, built by<br />

German designer Howaldtswerke-Deutsche Werft GmbH (HDW). Since hydrogen<br />

fuel cells will keep a submarine running for days at a time under water, Irvine and<br />

Schwarzbach believe that they will make large-scale ocean colonization easier to<br />

achieve.<br />

14 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


continued from page 13<br />

lism advances, however, clinicians<br />

will learn to group patients into biometabolism<br />

classes and tissue-type<br />

groups to determine who will benefit<br />

from a specific drug and who will<br />

have adverse reactions. Use of biometabolism<br />

classes and tissue-type<br />

groups will be widespread by 2050<br />

and result in increased drug effectiveness,<br />

fewer negative drug reactions,<br />

and lower drug-treatment<br />

costs.<br />

“Understanding how the brain operates<br />

on an individual basis will<br />

permit society to match the individual<br />

to task performance, to individualize<br />

educational programs, and to<br />

identify and mitigate mental illness.”<br />

14. Tissue Engineering<br />

The creation of self-replicating biomaterials<br />

for healing wounds and<br />

bone fractures, including the combining<br />

of synthetic materials and<br />

structures with living cells, is another<br />

area of scientific exploration.<br />

Tissue engineering will revolutionize<br />

body and wound repair, organ transplantation,<br />

and surgery in general.<br />

New polymers that satisfy safety<br />

and effectiveness requirements are<br />

being researched and developed for<br />

many surgical uses, including tissue<br />

scaffolding, bone grafts, cartilage repair,<br />

tissue regeneration, wound repair,<br />

and tissue joining. Soon, artificial<br />

organs and body parts will be<br />

available for replacement surgery.<br />

Research programs are now under<br />

way to develop artificial ears, hearts,<br />

pancreases, lungs, kidneys, livers,<br />

and legs.<br />

15. Neurotechnology<br />

Neuroscientists have developed a<br />

set of scanners capable of determin-<br />

ing how and where the brain performs<br />

specific functions. The new<br />

brain-scanning and brain-mapping<br />

tools are opening up a whole new<br />

understanding of how humans think<br />

and act. Using them, researchers can<br />

observe brain activity, measure its<br />

intensity, chart the general pattern of<br />

brain operation, and identify the<br />

type of chemical reactions occurring<br />

in the brain.<br />

Brain-scanning technology will<br />

soon be upgraded by the use of<br />

atomic magnetometer sensors—a<br />

new magnetic sensor technology<br />

that uses cesium vapor as a sensing<br />

element. These devices are 100 times<br />

more sensitive and 1,000 times faster<br />

than present sensor elements. They<br />

will, with time, better discern how<br />

people think, how the brain performs<br />

tasks, how thought processes<br />

differ among individuals, and what<br />

those differences mean in relation to<br />

task performance and personality.<br />

The new knowledge of brain operation<br />

and its effects<br />

will be one of the<br />

major, socially transforming<br />

events of<br />

the twenty-first century.<br />

Understanding<br />

how the brain operates<br />

on an individual<br />

basis will permit<br />

society to match the<br />

individual to task<br />

performance, to individualize<br />

educational<br />

programs,<br />

and to identify and<br />

mitigate mental illness.<br />

16. Neuropharmacology<br />

We can now see the operation of<br />

the brain. We can also systematically<br />

study and measure the effects of nutrients,<br />

micronutrients, and drug<br />

treatments on the brain and on various<br />

mental conditions. This has led<br />

to the new science of neuropharmacology—the<br />

study of how we change<br />

the brain’s operation through the use<br />

of drugs, food, and other nutrients,<br />

micronutrients, and proteins. Over<br />

time, this field will apply knowledge<br />

of the brain’s biochemical operations<br />

to systematically treat mental disorders<br />

and mental conditions<br />

pharma ceutically, as well as enhance<br />

people’s natural mental abilities.<br />

17. Cellulose-to-Glucose<br />

Process<br />

One of the major goals of the biotech<br />

and chemical industry is the<br />

production of glucose, the principal<br />

food of many microorganisms, from<br />

cellulose. If cheap, plentiful glucose<br />

were available, microbes could be<br />

genetically engineered to make almost<br />

anything. An economical cellulose-to-glucose<br />

process would revolutionize<br />

the world’s chemical<br />

industries and allow the conversion<br />

of much agricultural cellulose-based<br />

waste into useful raw materials.<br />

18. Nanotechnology<br />

Instrumentation has begun to permit<br />

us to see and manipulate matter<br />

at a nano level—10 -6 to 10 -9 meter—<br />

the level of atoms and molecules.<br />

This has created the new field of<br />

nanotechnology. The ability to create<br />

smaller structures using modern<br />

chip-manufacturing technology will<br />

permit us to change and modify materials<br />

one atom or molecule at a<br />

time and to develop super-fine powders,<br />

quantum dots, and nanotubes.<br />

These capabilities have now started<br />

to shrink things into the “upper<br />

nano” range—a range that advancements<br />

in production technology will<br />

push us into over the next 10 to 15<br />

years. The scale of objects will continue<br />

to shrink, and some useful<br />

upper- nanoscale devices and phenomena<br />

will be developed and deployed.<br />

19.<br />

Chaos Theory and<br />

Complexity Models<br />

Our world is much more complex,<br />

interconnected, and dynamic than<br />

we once thought. New mathematical<br />

concepts are challenging the rationalized,<br />

deterministic, scientific<br />

models of the Industrial Age. The Industrial<br />

Age paradigm held that<br />

there is one best way to organize a<br />

given thing and that, in all cases, a<br />

given “rational” outcome is predetermined<br />

by nature. The new scientific<br />

paradigm will ultimately replace<br />

this older mentality.<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 15


The new Information Age is being<br />

driven by applied technology and by<br />

two major advances in theoretical<br />

science that are altering our view of<br />

how the world works: an ecological/<br />

ecosystem model, which supports<br />

ecological and environmental diversity,<br />

and modern chaos and complexity<br />

theories, which emphasize<br />

unpredictability, self-organizing systems,<br />

and the coexistence of the linear<br />

and the random. In the near<br />

term, this paradigm shift will significantly<br />

change people’s views of<br />

society, of themselves in relation to<br />

society, and of how the world and<br />

the greater universe work.<br />

20.<br />

Fuel Cells to Allow<br />

Deep-Sea Habitation<br />

A major effort is under way to develop<br />

advanced fuel cells for cars.<br />

The greatest social effect of fuel cells<br />

will not be in automobiles, however,<br />

but in the opening of the undersea<br />

world to exploration and habitation.<br />

Fuel cells that produce electricity directly,<br />

without producing toxic<br />

fumes as a byproduct, will bring<br />

down the costs of submarines and<br />

keep them running for days as opposed<br />

to hours. This will permit human<br />

exploration and—eventually—<br />

colonization of the continental<br />

shelves and the shallow oceans.<br />

Fuel cells will lead to the development<br />

of extensive deep-sea business<br />

sectors and myriad human habitations<br />

out in the ocean. Mining operations<br />

to exploit the shallow ocean<br />

floor’s mineral wealth, as well as<br />

commercial aquaculture enterprises<br />

to exploit the ocean’s biological resources,<br />

will follow. Earth’s available<br />

resource base will expand significantly,<br />

and Earth’s population—<br />

which could reach more than 9 billion<br />

people by mid-century (or even<br />

11 billion if medical advances extend<br />

average life spans)—will have much<br />

more room to grow.<br />

Five Future Technologies and<br />

The Problems They Could Solve<br />

Several technologies yet to come<br />

could significantly affect the nature<br />

of our world. Our top five are as follows:<br />

1. Superconductivity at room tem-<br />

perature. When certain metals and<br />

ceramics are cooled to ultra-low temperatures,<br />

they become superconductive—i.e.,<br />

they can carry huge<br />

amounts of electrical current for long<br />

durations of time without losing any<br />

of the current’s energy as heat. Diverse<br />

work is going on in making<br />

materials superconductive<br />

at room<br />

temperature. If it<br />

succeeds, we could<br />

substantially increase<br />

the efficiency<br />

of electrical machines<br />

and power<br />

grids and also develop<br />

new types of<br />

computer chips, improved<br />

medical-imaging<br />

devices, and high-efficiency<br />

ion drives for space vehicles.<br />

2. Low-cost space lift. Lifting objects<br />

into orbit is expensive—a problem<br />

that slows human improvement<br />

in space capabilities. The advent of a<br />

cheap space lift would allow exponential<br />

growth, and perhaps a new<br />

technological age. It would be attainable<br />

either by politicians agreeing to<br />

the massive funding needed for such<br />

a development or by some unforeseen,<br />

dramatic technological breakthrough.<br />

Neither, however, can be<br />

guaranteed to happen within the<br />

next 25 years.<br />

3. Artificial intelligence of humanlevel<br />

capability in computers. The<br />

development and widespread use of<br />

AI of human-level capability in computer<br />

systems stands to be one of the<br />

major advances in computer technology<br />

over the next 75 years. AI claims<br />

have been made for 40 years, but to<br />

date, they have not delivered. Furthermore,<br />

there appears to be no current,<br />

fundamental breakthrough that<br />

will alter this in the near future.<br />

However, research grants bolster<br />

those who think that the big breakthrough<br />

is right around the corner.<br />

4. Cellulose-to-liquid-hydrocarbon<br />

path. A number of new, synthetic<br />

fuel processes can produce diesel<br />

fuels from agricultural products. The<br />

means now exist for converting vegetable<br />

oils into biodiesel fuel, protein<br />

matter into diesel oil, various agricultural<br />

substances into synthetic oil,<br />

and sugars and starches into fuelgrade<br />

ethyl alcohol. Unfortunately,<br />

“A successful low-grade, agriculturalproduct-to-fuel<br />

path would enrich agricultural<br />

economies throughout much<br />

of the world.”<br />

all these biosynthetic fuel processes<br />

are much more expensive than<br />

fossil-fuel generation, largely due to<br />

the costs of harvesting and processing.<br />

One lower-cost option may exist,<br />

however: converting low-end agricultural<br />

waste (largely cellulose) into<br />

synthetic oil. A number of experimental<br />

processes to derive fuel from<br />

cellulose waste are now in R&D. A<br />

successful low-grade, agriculturalproduct-to-fuel<br />

path would enrich<br />

agricultural economies throughout<br />

much of the world, and in addition<br />

make energy independence more<br />

attainable for communities everywhere.<br />

5. Improved medicine and life<br />

span. The question is not whether<br />

we are going to get some life-span<br />

extension, but how much: Will the<br />

extension be a moderate increase in<br />

life expectancy of 100 to 120 years, a<br />

significantly increased life expectancy<br />

of 150 to 170 years, or a very<br />

significant life extension of 250 to<br />

300 years? Conversely, radical life<br />

extension could lead to life spans of<br />

1,000-plus years.<br />

Life extension has both positive<br />

and negative social implications. It<br />

will alleviate suffering caused by age<br />

deterioration and will result in a<br />

longer-lived, more productive workforce.<br />

On the other hand, it may<br />

cause issues with pension plans, Social<br />

Security, life insurance, and other<br />

retirement programs. It could result<br />

in overpopulation, food shortages,<br />

pollution, wars for resources, and extinction<br />

of species. Another important<br />

consideration is that of control: Who<br />

would determine how this precious<br />

technology would be shared?<br />

The Effects of Emerging<br />

Technologies on Society<br />

As the technology areas covered in<br />

16 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


vated terror, and régime-based terror.<br />

Members of the emerging generation,<br />

operating under the new paradigm,<br />

are much more likely to see<br />

themselves as cellular automata—<br />

trying to optimize themselves in<br />

their environment—rather than as<br />

governors of the universe. Whether<br />

this is good for society as a whole is<br />

not yet known, but it will represent a<br />

new social viewpoint.<br />

New socio-technological ages tend<br />

to produce new social structures and<br />

new social mores. Historical precedent<br />

suggests that this new age will<br />

also produce a new and different societal<br />

basis for war and the use of<br />

military force, along with a new social<br />

perception of the legitimate application<br />

of war.<br />

“Technological progress alone is relatively slow at<br />

driving social change. However, the near future will<br />

see society change markedly as a result of new<br />

emerging technology and demography.”<br />

level, will require recognition that<br />

specialized knowledge is necessary<br />

and that all classes serve useful functions<br />

and are needed for society to<br />

operate properly.<br />

It is usually hard to change the direction<br />

of society, absent great social<br />

perturbations, such as war or economic<br />

disaster, which can force<br />

rapid social change. In an age of<br />

peace and prosperity, it takes a long<br />

time to modify social norms, regardless<br />

of the level of new technological<br />

progress that occurs. Technological<br />

progress alone is relatively slow at<br />

driving social change. However, the<br />

near future will see society change<br />

markedly as a result of new emerging<br />

technology and demography.<br />

This need not be any cause for<br />

alarm. With some exceptions, most<br />

of the changes described portend to<br />

be highly positive. Barring bad luck<br />

and bad management, the world<br />

will—when all the technologies are<br />

deployed—be a better place to live<br />

in.<br />

❑<br />

this article advance along their individual<br />

development curves, their<br />

combined effect will remake society<br />

as we know it. Ultimately, they will<br />

give humankind two new sociotechnological<br />

ages in the first half of<br />

the twenty-first century: the Information<br />

Age and the Robotic-Biotech<br />

Age. The current Information Age,<br />

which should continue for the next<br />

20 to 40 years, is being driven by advances<br />

in computers, telecommunications,<br />

and electronic instrumentation,<br />

plus major advances in<br />

materials, space, energy, and manufacturing.<br />

The Robotic-Biotech Age will follow<br />

at around 2025, driven by the simultaneous<br />

advances of robotics and<br />

biotechnology, and reinforced by advances<br />

in nanotechnology, materials,<br />

and manufacturing technology. The<br />

Robotic-Biotech Age will continue<br />

for 50-plus years, until another great<br />

technology emerges as a new force<br />

in the world.<br />

The Information Age came on very<br />

quickly and will be relatively shortlived<br />

(about 50 years). Society and<br />

social structure will not have had the<br />

time to fully adjust before the next<br />

wave of technological innovation<br />

comes along. This speed of change is<br />

going to continue for the next 50 to<br />

75 years as the current wave of<br />

emerging technologies matures.<br />

In the twentieth century, many<br />

people viewed the philosophical<br />

movements to which they belonged<br />

(communism, fascism, various radical<br />

nationalisms, socialism, social democracy,<br />

liberalism, etc.) as belief systems<br />

that would and should govern<br />

how the world runs. In the name of<br />

these systems, 500 million people<br />

died by war, genocide, war-related<br />

famine and disease, politically moti-<br />

It is possible to project with some<br />

certainty the social structure of both<br />

the new Information Age and the<br />

Robotic-Biotech Age (see graph on<br />

page 19). With each transition to a<br />

more advanced stage of civilization,<br />

certain things transpire:<br />

• The social structure acquires an<br />

increasingly large number of small,<br />

specialized niches.<br />

• There is a significant increase in<br />

the number of players in the political<br />

power structure.<br />

• There is an increasing spread of<br />

knowledge out to the masses.<br />

• The average person’s standard<br />

of living goes up.<br />

• Human control over nature increases.<br />

As society has advanced, class<br />

structure has become more complex.<br />

In the later Information Age and<br />

Robotic- Biotech Age, there will be<br />

simply too many classes for a dominant<br />

one to emerge. The complexity<br />

of the new social structure, coupled<br />

with the rise in general knowledge<br />

Irvine<br />

Schwarzbach<br />

About the Authors<br />

James Irvine is director of the Revolution<br />

in Military Affairs Program at the Naval<br />

Air Warfare Center, Weapons Division<br />

(NAWCWD) in China Lake, California. He<br />

has worked as a systems engineer for the<br />

U.S. Navy for the last four decades, and<br />

has authored numerous studies on future<br />

military geopolitics and technology. E-mail<br />

james.irvine@navy.mil.<br />

Sandra Schwarzbach is senior strategic<br />

analyst for the Naval Air Warfare Center at<br />

China Lake, California. She advises the Office<br />

of the Secretary of Defense and the<br />

Chief of Naval Operations on security issues<br />

and contributes regularly to Department<br />

of Defense planning initiatives. She<br />

has also taught courses on military strategy<br />

development and participated in the design<br />

of multiple weapons and weapon systems.<br />

E-mail Sandra.schwarzbach@navy.mil.<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 17


The Coming Robot<br />

By Steven M. Shaker<br />

Homo sapiens may have “won” the<br />

evolutionary race to perfect humankind, but<br />

artificial intelligence and robotics will<br />

evolve faster and farther. Rather than<br />

compete with them, we may do well to<br />

make them our allies and co-evolve,<br />

suggests a technology trend analyst.<br />

Some people believe that humanity’s<br />

evolutionary advance<br />

into the future is<br />

driven by how our genetic<br />

pool responds and adapts to climate<br />

change and cultural and societal dynamics.<br />

These external factors contributed<br />

to how we evolved in the<br />

past and became human. Extending<br />

that same evolutionary view forward<br />

by a few hundreds of millions<br />

of years, we arrive at comedic vision<br />

of our collective future: We’ll have<br />

become creatures with a huge forehead<br />

for expanded cranial capacity<br />

and a small body due to lack of any<br />

manual labor, etc.<br />

Most futurists, however, realize<br />

that we now have the means to<br />

shape and influence our own evolu-<br />

18 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


The Asimo robot from the<br />

Honda Corporation, shown<br />

here at every stage of<br />

development, represents<br />

the past, present, and<br />

future of robotics.<br />

HONDA<br />

Evolution Race<br />

The Robotic Ecosystem<br />

The robot animal kingdom is filled with<br />

strange critters. The Boston Dynamics<br />

“Big Dog” robot (top right) can carry<br />

hundreds of pounds of equipment across<br />

hard terrain.<br />

AeroVironment’s “nano hummingbird”<br />

spy drone can fly 11 mph and hover in<br />

the face of 5 mph wind gusts.<br />

University of Essex professor Huosheng<br />

Hu’s robot fish mirrors the movement of<br />

an actual fish to an eerie degree and has<br />

been displayed at aquariums around the<br />

world.<br />

MIT professor Sangbae Kim’s cheetah<br />

robot concept would stand at 80 cm, with<br />

limbs composed of carbon fiber. The<br />

Defense Advanced Research Projects<br />

Agency recently commissioned the firm<br />

Boston Dynamics to build a cheetah<br />

robot based on a similar design.<br />

BOSTON DYNAMICS / AEROVIRONMENT / HUOSHENG HU / SANGBAE KIM<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 19


“We will adapt our DNA to<br />

more readily accept the<br />

enhancements from<br />

nanotechnology and other<br />

bionic devices.”<br />

tion and cause substantial change<br />

within periods spanning only hundreds<br />

and thousands of years. The<br />

interplay between our ability to map<br />

and manipulate our own DNA, as<br />

well as to integrate mechanical<br />

mechanisms into our own physiology,<br />

is driving this evolutionary adaptation.<br />

We will adapt our DNA to<br />

more readily accept the enhancements<br />

from nanotechnology and<br />

other bionic devices, and we’ll engineer<br />

these to synch up with our<br />

DNA improvisations. As a result, humanity’s<br />

evolutionary momentum<br />

will spiral quicker and quicker. Fashion,<br />

self-image, and social bonding<br />

will influence the “look and feel” as<br />

much as utility. So hopefully, humans<br />

won’t resemble the Borgs of<br />

Star Trek, except for those of us making<br />

an aesthetic choice to do so.<br />

Writers such as Joel Garreau, author<br />

of Radical Evolution (Doubleday,<br />

2005), have suggested that accelerating<br />

technology could lead to an evolutionary<br />

bifurcation between the<br />

haves and have nots. Economic, religious,<br />

philosophical, and cultural<br />

views may prevent some geographical<br />

or demographic groups from participating<br />

in actions advancing their<br />

self-evolution.<br />

The masses of humanity may not<br />

be able to afford such enhancements<br />

to themselves or their offspring.<br />

Those who can obtain genetic and<br />

artificial organ replacements may be<br />

able to live longer and healthier, and<br />

thus will be more likely to survive<br />

and reproduce. It is possible that,<br />

over time (that is, in much quicker<br />

periods than afforded through natural<br />

evolution), genetic differences between<br />

humans who augment and al-<br />

ter their genetic code<br />

may differ enough<br />

from those who do<br />

not. The variance may<br />

prevent interbreeding.<br />

This would lead<br />

to the creation of a<br />

separate new species.<br />

Now, a new competitor is also<br />

emerging on the scene. This one is<br />

all artificial, with no flesh or DNA.<br />

The arrival and evolution of humanoid<br />

robots competing against cyborgs<br />

and those humans who have<br />

resisted change may be reminiscent<br />

of the competition between Homo sapiens,<br />

Neanderthals, Homo erectus,<br />

and the “hobbit” people of the Indonesian<br />

island of Flores.<br />

Competition in Robotic Evolution<br />

Homo sapiens chauvinists like to<br />

think we were the fittest for survival<br />

and outcompeted the other hominids.<br />

We did have some fine competitive<br />

traits, but our success has to do<br />

with some degree of luck.<br />

There were two points when Homo<br />

sapiens almost went extinct. Between<br />

195,000 and 123,000 years ago, Earth<br />

was in the middle of a glacial phase<br />

and the Homo sapiens population was<br />

estimated to have gone from about<br />

10,000 inhabitants down to as few as<br />

600 people. Approximately 70,000<br />

years ago, drought may have shrunk<br />

the human population down to just<br />

2,000 folks. However, this was soon<br />

followed by the “flight out of Africa,”<br />

which led to a rapid expansion<br />

both in geography and in numbers<br />

for mankind. What a very exciting<br />

and competitive ancient world that<br />

Homo sapiens resided in! Machine<br />

evolution will be both more exciting<br />

and far more rapid.<br />

Certainly, machinery endowed<br />

with artificial intelligence does not<br />

have to be robotic; it may be like<br />

HAL in 2001: A Space Odyssey, and<br />

reside within a computer’s memory<br />

core, or be part of a networked set of<br />

computers. Robots do not need to be<br />

humanoid like the Asimo robot developed<br />

by Honda. They can be<br />

wheeled or tracked unmanned vehicles<br />

like Stanley, the self-driving<br />

car that completed the 2005 DARPA<br />

Grand Challenge race. They could<br />

have multiple legs like Boston Dynamic’s<br />

famous Big Dog robot.<br />

There are far better forms for robots<br />

than “human,” depending on<br />

what the robot is designed to do. But<br />

robots that are designed to perform<br />

multiple chores previously done by<br />

humans—from throwing out the<br />

garbage to walking the dog to repairing<br />

a satellite—will likely be humanoid<br />

in nature. These humanoids<br />

would be our most immediate competitors.<br />

Accelerating Robotic Evolution<br />

Some scientists and science commentators<br />

have expressed skepticism<br />

that sentience could ever be<br />

created in a machine setting. They’re<br />

impatient that humanistic AI has not<br />

yet been achieved, even though researchers<br />

have been aggressively<br />

pursuing artificial intelligence for<br />

decades.<br />

Others disagree. Hans Moravec,<br />

the renowned roboticist at Carnegie<br />

Mellon University and author of<br />

Mind Children (Harvard, 1990), predicts<br />

that robots will surpass human<br />

intelligence by 2030, will develop<br />

humanlike consciousness, will be<br />

aware of the world and social interactions,<br />

and will gain the ability to<br />

replicate themselves and pace their<br />

own evolution. Physicist Michio<br />

Kaku, author of Physics of the Future<br />

(Doubleday, 2011), predicts that<br />

helpful robots performing the role of<br />

butlers and maids will be available<br />

by the year 2100. He is unsure how<br />

intelligent they will be, but they will<br />

have the capacity to mimic all sorts<br />

of human behavior.<br />

Whether either Moravec or Kaku<br />

is off by a decade or two, or even<br />

20 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


configured their PCs with tens of billions<br />

of bits of RAM.<br />

If one accepts the comparison of<br />

computer bits to neurons as described<br />

by Moravec, then the computer<br />

’s growth in evolution expanded<br />

each decade what it took<br />

Mother Nature to achieve every<br />

hundred million years. Moravec calculates<br />

that human engineering of<br />

artificial intelligence is occurring at<br />

10 million times the speed of natural<br />

evolution.<br />

An approach to AI called embodiment,<br />

or embodied embedded cognition,<br />

maintains that intelligent behavior<br />

occurs out of the interplay<br />

among the brain, the body, and the<br />

world. Some philosophers, cognitive<br />

scientists, and AI researchers believe<br />

that the type of thinking done by the<br />

human brain is determined by certain<br />

aspects of the human body.<br />

Ideas, thoughts, concepts, and reasoning<br />

are shaped by our perceptual<br />

system—our ability to perceive,<br />

move, and interact with our world.<br />

Roboticists such as Moravec and<br />

Rodney Brooks (founder of iRobot<br />

Corp. and Heartland Robotics Inc.)<br />

maintain that, in order to achieve<br />

human-level intelligence, any AI-endowed<br />

system would have to deal<br />

with humanlike artifacts, and thus a<br />

humanoid would be the optimal robot<br />

to achieve this.<br />

The new field of evolutionary robotics,<br />

like its namesake of evoluseveral<br />

hundred years, it is really<br />

insignificant when compared<br />

to the glacial pace of natural<br />

evolution. In his 2000<br />

paper “Robots, Re-Evolving<br />

Mind,” Moravec compares the<br />

evolution of intelligence in the<br />

natural world with the progress<br />

occurring in the field of information<br />

technology.<br />

Natural intelligence evolution<br />

starts from wormlike animals<br />

with a few hundred neurons<br />

occurring more than 570<br />

million years ago. Very primitive<br />

fish that appeared 470 million<br />

years ago had about 100,000 neurons.<br />

One hundred million years<br />

later, amphibians with a few million<br />

neurons emerged from the swamps.<br />

One hundred fifty million years<br />

later, the first small mammals appeared<br />

and had brain capacities with<br />

several hundred million neurons.<br />

The bigger co-inhabitants at the<br />

time, the dinosaurs, had brains with<br />

several billion neurons.<br />

After the extinction of the dinosaurs<br />

65 million years ago, mammalian<br />

brains also reached sizes of several<br />

billion neurons. The first<br />

hominids of about 30 million years<br />

ago had brains of 20 billion neurons.<br />

You and I, and our contemporary<br />

human colleagues, have brains operating<br />

with approximately 100 billion<br />

neurons.<br />

Compare this to the artificial intelligence<br />

evolutionary track beginning<br />

with the first electromechanical computers<br />

built around 1940, which had<br />

a few hundred bits of telephone relay<br />

storage. By 1955, computers had<br />

acquired 100,000 bits of rotating<br />

magnetic memory. Ten years later,<br />

computers had millions of bits of<br />

magnetic core memory. By 1975,<br />

many computer core memories had<br />

exceeded 10 million bits, and by<br />

1985, 100 million bits. By 1995, larger<br />

computer systems had reached several<br />

billion bits. By the year 2000, a<br />

few personal computer owners had<br />

“[Hans] Moravec<br />

calculates that human<br />

engineering of artificial<br />

intelligence is<br />

occurring at<br />

10 million times the<br />

speed of natural<br />

evolution.”<br />

tionary biology, relies on the<br />

Darwinian principle of the reproduction<br />

of the fittest. This<br />

view posits that autonomous<br />

robots will develop and evolve<br />

from interaction with the environment.<br />

The fittest robots will<br />

reproduce by observing their<br />

interactions with the environment<br />

and incorporating mutations<br />

that increase their survivability.<br />

Humans will be unable to<br />

match the rapid evolutionary<br />

jumps afforded to completely<br />

artificial beings, even with advances<br />

in cybernetics and genetic engineering.<br />

Robotic humanoids will only be<br />

limited by the laws of physics and<br />

not by those of biology, which even<br />

genetic engineering can’t alter.<br />

Hopefully, the sort of destructive<br />

competition that eliminated the rivals<br />

to Homo sapiens in the past—including<br />

such competitors as Homo<br />

erectus and the Neanderthals—will<br />

not be repeated in the next evolutionary<br />

stage.<br />

In the best possible future, non-altered<br />

humans, humans with cybernetic<br />

implants, and robotic humanoids<br />

will learn from each other,<br />

borrow and share technology, and<br />

engage in friendly collaboration, cooperation,<br />

and competition to benefit<br />

all. In considering which robotic<br />

designs to support or, on the national<br />

level, to fund, that seems a<br />

good ideal to aim for.<br />

❑<br />

About the Author<br />

Steven M. Shaker is an executive<br />

in a market research<br />

and training firm. He is an<br />

authority on technology assessments,<br />

forecasting, and<br />

competitive intelligence. He<br />

is co-author, with Alan Wise,<br />

of War Without Men: Robots on the Future<br />

Battlefield (Pergamon-Brassey’s, 1988)<br />

and, with Mark Gembicki, of The WarRoom<br />

Guide to Competitive Intelligence (McGraw-<br />

Hill, 1998). E-mail steve.shaker@cox.net.<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 21


Eroding<br />

Futures<br />

Why Healthy<br />

Soil Matters to<br />

Civilization<br />

By Lester R. Brown<br />

© MARK WRAGG / ISTOCKPHOTO<br />

22 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


The earth beneath our feet is the Earth’s<br />

infrastructure for the resources that<br />

sustain our civilizations—and our futures.<br />

A leading agricultural policy expert shows<br />

what we must do to save the soil.<br />

Th e s i g n s t h a t o u r<br />

civilization is in trouble are<br />

multiplying. During most<br />

of the 6,000 years since<br />

civilization began, we lived<br />

on the sustainable yield of the<br />

Earth’s natural systems. In recent<br />

decades, however, humanity has<br />

overshot the level that those systems<br />

can sustain.<br />

We are liquidating the Earth’s natural<br />

assets to fuel our consumption.<br />

Half of us live in countries where<br />

water tables are falling and wells are<br />

going dry. Soil erosion exceeds soil<br />

formation on one-third of the<br />

world’s cropland, draining the land<br />

of its fertility. The world’s evergrowing<br />

herds of cattle, sheep, and<br />

goats are converting vast stretches of<br />

grassland to desert. Forests are<br />

shrinking by 13 million acres per<br />

year as we clear land for agriculture<br />

and cut trees for lumber and paper.<br />

Four-fifths of oceanic fisheries are<br />

being fished at capacity or overfished<br />

and headed for collapse. In<br />

system after system, demand is overshooting<br />

supply.<br />

For past civilizations, it was sometimes<br />

a single environmental trend<br />

that was primarily responsible for<br />

their decline. Sometimes it was multiple<br />

trends. For ancient Sumer, de-<br />

Chart created by Pacific Northwest National Laboratory researchers illustrates the importance<br />

of soil as a foundation for society and the future stability of civilizations. Because of<br />

soil’s importance to so many critical issues, the researchers encourage soil scientists to<br />

broaden their focus to entire ecosystems.<br />

PNNL, WWW.PNL.GOV<br />

cline could be attributed to rising<br />

salt concentrations in the soil as a result<br />

of an environmental flaw in the<br />

design of their otherwise extraordinary<br />

irrigation system. After a point,<br />

the salts accumulating in the soil led<br />

to a decline in wheat yields. The Sumerians<br />

then shifted to barley, a<br />

more salt-tolerant crop, but eventually<br />

barley yields also began to decline.<br />

The collapse of the civilization<br />

followed.<br />

Although we live in a highly urbanized,<br />

technologically advanced<br />

society, we are as dependent on the<br />

Earth’s natural support systems as<br />

the Sumerians and Mayans were. If<br />

we continue with business as usual,<br />

civilizational collapse is no longer a<br />

matter of whether but when. We now<br />

have an economy that is destroying<br />

its natural support systems and has<br />

put us on a decline and collapse<br />

path. We are dangerously close to<br />

the edge. Among other actions, we<br />

need a worldwide effort to conserve<br />

soil, similar to the U.S. response to<br />

the Dust Bowl of the 1930s.<br />

On March 20, 2010, a suffocating<br />

dust storm enveloped Beijing. The<br />

city’s weather bureau took the unusual<br />

step of describing the air quality<br />

as hazardous, urging people to<br />

stay inside or to cover their faces<br />

when they were outdoors. Visibility<br />

was low, forcing motorists to drive<br />

with their lights on in daytime.<br />

Beijing was not the only area affected.<br />

This particular dust storm engulfed<br />

scores of cities in five provinces,<br />

directly affecting more than<br />

250 million people. It was not an isolated<br />

incident. Every spring, residents<br />

of eastern Chinese cities, including<br />

Beijing and Tianjin, hunker<br />

down as the dust storms begin.<br />

Along with the difficulty in breathing<br />

and the stinging eyes, there is a<br />

constant struggle to keep dust out of<br />

homes and to clear doorways and<br />

sidewalks of dust and sand. The<br />

farmers and herders whose livelihoods<br />

are blowing away are paying<br />

an even higher price.<br />

These annual dust storms affect<br />

not only China, but neighboring<br />

countries as well. The March 20 dust<br />

storm arrived in South Korea soon<br />

after leaving Beijing. It was described<br />

by the Korean Meteorological<br />

Administration as the worst dust<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 23


JAMES YOUNG / USDA-ARS<br />

In a U.S. pasture, the land shown on the right has been<br />

stripped by grazing goats. With more than 30 times as<br />

many goats and sheep as the United States has, northern<br />

and western China’s farmlands are at risk, as the loss of<br />

protective vegetation exposes topsoil to wind erosion.<br />

JACK DYKINGA USDA-ARS<br />

Low-till farming versus deep-till? Conventional deep-tilling techniques<br />

(right) expose soil to erosion and disrupt the work of microbes and<br />

earthworms, according to the U.S. Agricultural Research Service. But<br />

low-till farming and covering land with crop residue offer greater protections<br />

for the soil.<br />

Civilization’s Earthy Foundation<br />

The thin layer of topsoil that covstorm<br />

on record. In a similar event in<br />

2002, South Korea was engulfed by<br />

so much dust from China that<br />

people in Seoul were literally gasping<br />

for breath, reported Howard<br />

French for The New York Times.<br />

Schools were closed, airline flights<br />

were canceled, retail sales fell, and<br />

clinics were overrun with patients<br />

having difficulty breathing. Koreans<br />

have come to dread the arrival of<br />

what they call “the fifth season”—<br />

the dust storms of late winter and<br />

early spring.<br />

While people living in China and<br />

South Korea are all too familiar with<br />

dust storms, the rest of the world<br />

typically learns about this fast-grow-<br />

ing ecological catastrophe when the<br />

massive soil-laden storms leave the<br />

region. In April 2010, a National<br />

Aeronautics and Space Administration<br />

(NASA) satellite tracked a dust<br />

storm from China as it journeyed to<br />

the east coast of the United States.<br />

Originating in the Taklimakan and<br />

Gobi deserts, it ultimately covered<br />

an area stretching from North Carolina<br />

to Pennsylvania. Such huge dust<br />

storms carry off millions of tons of<br />

topsoil, a resource that will take centuries<br />

to replace.<br />

ers much of the planet’s land surface<br />

and is typically measured in inches<br />

is the foundation of civilization. Soil<br />

is “the skin of the earth—the frontier<br />

between geology and biology,”<br />

writes geomorphologist David<br />

Montgomery in Dirt: The Erosion of<br />

Civilizations. After the Earth was created,<br />

soil formed slowly over geological<br />

time from the weathering of<br />

rocks. This soil supported early plant<br />

life on land. As plant life spread, the<br />

plants protected the soil from wind<br />

and water erosion, permitting it to<br />

accumulate and to support even<br />

more vegetation. This relationship<br />

facilitated an accumulation of topsoil<br />

that could support a rich diversity of<br />

C. G. WAGNER / WFS NASA IMAGE COURTESY OF JEFF SCHMALTZ, MODIS RAPID RESPONSE TEAM, NASA-GODDARD SPACE FLIGHT CENTER<br />

The People’s Garden at U.S. Department of Agriculture<br />

headquarters in Washington, D.C., displays examples of<br />

soil-friendly agricultural techniques, including drip irrigation<br />

and coverage with crop residue.<br />

Thick dust clogs the air over China’s Taklimakan Desert, September<br />

2010. Soil erosion is not just a local problem (and one that may take<br />

centuries to repair), but also a global problem, as the wind carries<br />

away topsoil to the other side of the world.<br />

24 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


plant and animal life.<br />

As long as soil erosion on cropland<br />

does not exceed new soil formation,<br />

all is well. But once it does,<br />

it leads to falling soil fertility and<br />

eventually to land abandonment.<br />

Sadly, soil formed on a geological<br />

time scale is being removed on a human<br />

time scale.<br />

Soil erosion is “the silent global<br />

crisis,” observes journalist Stephen<br />

Leahy in Earth Island Journal. “It is<br />

akin to tire wear on your car—a<br />

gradual, unobserved process that<br />

has potentially catastrophic consequences<br />

if ignored for too long.”<br />

Losing productive topsoil means<br />

losing both organic matter in the soil<br />

and vegetation on the land, thus releasing<br />

carbon into the atmosphere.<br />

The 2,500 billion tons of carbon<br />

stored in soils dwarfs the 760 billion<br />

tons in the atmosphere, according to<br />

soil scientist Rattan Lal of Ohio State<br />

University. The bottom line is that<br />

land degradation is helping drive<br />

climate change.<br />

Soil erosion is not new. It is as old<br />

as the Earth itself. What is new is<br />

that it has gradually accelerated ever<br />

since agriculture began. At some<br />

point, probably during the nineteenth<br />

century, the loss of topsoil<br />

from erosion surpassed the new soil<br />

that is formed through natural processes.<br />

Today, roughly a third of the<br />

world’s cropland is losing topsoil at<br />

an excessive rate, thereby reducing<br />

the land’s inherent productivity. An<br />

analysis of several studies on soil<br />

erosion’s effect on U.S. crop yields<br />

concluded that, for each inch of topsoil<br />

lost, wheat and corn yields declined<br />

by close to 6%.<br />

In August 2010, the United Nations<br />

announced that desertification<br />

now affects 25% of the Earth’s land<br />

area, threatening the livelihoods of<br />

more than 1 billion people—the families<br />

of farmers and herders in<br />

roughly 100 countries.<br />

China may face the biggest challenge<br />

of all. After the economic reforms<br />

in 1978 that shifted the responsibility<br />

for farming from large<br />

state-organized production teams to<br />

individual farm families, China’s<br />

cattle, sheep, and goat populations<br />

spiraled upward. The United States,<br />

S S S S S Dust Bowl Redux S S S S S S<br />

Dust storms provide highly vis ible evidence of soil<br />

erosion and desertification. Once vegetation is removed<br />

either by overgrazing or overplowing, the wind begins<br />

to blow the small soil particles away. Because the particles<br />

are small, they can remain<br />

airborne over great distances.<br />

Once they are largely gone, leaving<br />

only larger particles, sandstorms<br />

begin. These are local phenomena,<br />

often resulting in dune<br />

formation and the abandonment<br />

of both farming and grazing.<br />

Sandstorms are the final phase in<br />

the desertification process.<br />

In some situations, the threat to<br />

topsoil comes primarily from overplowing,<br />

as in the U.S. Dust Bowl,<br />

but in other situations, such as in<br />

northern China, the cause is primarily<br />

overgrazing. In either case,<br />

permanent vegetation is destroyed<br />

and soils become vulnerable to<br />

both wind and water erosion.<br />

Giant dust bowls are historically<br />

new, confined to the last<br />

century or so. During the late nineteenth century, millions<br />

of Americans pushed westward, homesteading on<br />

the Great Plains, plowing vast areas of grassland to produce<br />

wheat. Much of this land—highly erodible when<br />

plowed—should have remained in grass. Exacerbated by<br />

a prolonged drought, this overexpansion culminated in<br />

the 1930s Dust Bowl, a traumatic period chronicled in<br />

John Steinbeck’s novel The Grapes of Wrath. In a crash<br />

program to save its soils, the United States returned<br />

large areas of eroded cropland to grass, adopted strip-<br />

cropping, and planted thousands of miles of tree shelterbelts.<br />

Three decades later, history repeated itself in the Soviet<br />

Union. In an all-out effort to expand grain production in<br />

the late 1950s, the Soviets plowed<br />

an area of grassland roughly equal<br />

to the wheat area of Australia and<br />

Canada combined. The result, as<br />

Soviet agronomists had predicted,<br />

was an ecological disaster—another<br />

Dust Bowl.<br />

Kazakhstan, which was at the<br />

center of this Soviet Virgin Lands<br />

Project, saw its grainland area peak<br />

at just over 25 million hectares in<br />

the mid-1980s. (One hectare equals<br />

2.47 acres.) It then shrank to less<br />

than 11 million hectares in 1999. It<br />

is now slowly expanding, and<br />

grainland area is back up to 17 million<br />

hectares. Even on the remaining<br />

land, however, the average<br />

wheat yield is scarcely 1 ton per<br />

hectare, a far cry from the 7 tons<br />

per hectare that farmers get in<br />

France, western Europe’s leading wheat producer.<br />

Today, two giant dust bowls are forming. One is in the<br />

Asian heartland in northern and western China, western<br />

Mongolia, and central Asia. The other is in central Africa<br />

in the Sahel—the savannah-like ecosystem that stretches<br />

across Africa, separating the Sahara Desert from the tropical<br />

rain forests to the south. Both are massive in scale,<br />

dwarfing anything the world has seen before. They are<br />

LIBRARY OF CONGRESS, PRINTS & PHOTOGRAPHS DIVISION, FSA/OWI<br />

COLLECTION, [REPRODUCTION NUMBER, LC-DIG-FSA-8B38282]<br />

Son of a farmer in Cimarron County,<br />

Oklahoma, during the Dust Bowl. Photographed<br />

by Arthur Rothstein, April 1936.<br />

caused, in varying degrees, by overgrazing, overplowing,<br />

and deforestation.<br />

—Lester R. Brown<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 25


and underweight.<br />

Africa, too, is suffering heavily<br />

from unsustainable demands on its<br />

croplands and grasslands. Soil scientist<br />

Rattan Lal made the first estimate<br />

of continental yield losses due<br />

to soil erosion. He concluded that<br />

soil erosion and other forms of land<br />

degradation have cost Africa 8 million<br />

tons of grain per year, or<br />

roughly 8% of its annual harvest. Lal<br />

expects the loss to climb to 16 million<br />

tons by 2020 if soil erosion continues<br />

unabated.<br />

On the northern fringe of the Sahara,<br />

countries such as Algeria and<br />

Morocco are attempting to halt the<br />

desertification that is threatening<br />

their fertile croplands. Algeria is losing<br />

100,000 acres of its most fertile<br />

lands to desertification each year, according<br />

to President Abdelaziz<br />

Bouteflika. For a country that has<br />

only 7 million acres of grainland,<br />

this is not a trivial loss. Among other<br />

measures, Algeria is planting its<br />

southernmost cropland in perennials,<br />

such as fruit orchards, olive orchards,<br />

and vineyards—crops that<br />

can help keep the soil in place.<br />

Mounting population pressures<br />

are evident everywhere on this continent<br />

where the growth in livestock<br />

numbers closely tracks that in human<br />

numbers. In 1950, Africa was<br />

home to 227 million people and<br />

about 300 million livestock. By 2009,<br />

there were 1 billion people and 862<br />

million livestock. With livestock demands<br />

now often exceeding grassland<br />

carrying capacity by half or<br />

more, grassland is turning into desert.<br />

In addition to overgrazing, parts<br />

of the Sahel are suffering from an extended<br />

drought, one that scientists<br />

link to climate change.<br />

The incidence of Saharan dust<br />

storms—once rare—has increased<br />

10-fold during the last half century,<br />

reports Andrew Goudie, professor of<br />

geography at Oxford University.<br />

Among the African countries most<br />

affected by soil loss from wind erosion<br />

are Niger, Chad, Mauritania,<br />

northern Nigeria, and Burkina Faso.<br />

In Mauritania, in Africa’s far west,<br />

the number of dust storms jumped<br />

from two a year in the early 1960s to<br />

80 a year recently.<br />

And the impacts are global. Dust<br />

storms leaving Africa travel westa<br />

country with comparable grazing<br />

capacity, has 94 million cattle, a<br />

slightly larger herd than China’s 92<br />

million. But when it comes to sheep<br />

and goats, the United States has a<br />

combined population of only 9 million,<br />

whereas China has 281 million.<br />

Concentrated in China’s western<br />

and northern provinces, these animals<br />

are stripping the land of its protective<br />

vegetation. The wind then<br />

does the rest, removing the soil and<br />

converting rangeland into desert.<br />

Wang Tao, one of the world’s leading<br />

desert scholars, reports that,<br />

from 1950 to 1975, an average of 600<br />

square miles of land turned to desert<br />

each year. Between 1975 and 1987,<br />

this climbed to 810 square miles a<br />

year. From then until the century’s<br />

end, it jumped to 1,390 square miles<br />

of land going to desert annually.<br />

China is now at war. It is not invading<br />

armies that are claiming its<br />

territory, but expanding deserts. Old<br />

deserts are advancing and new ones<br />

are forming like guerrilla forces<br />

striking unexpectedly, forcing Beijing<br />

to fight on several fronts.<br />

While major dust storms make the<br />

news when they affect cities, the<br />

heavy damage is in the area of origin.<br />

These regions are affected by<br />

storms of dust and sand combined.<br />

An intense 1993 sandstorm in Gansu<br />

Province in China’s northwest destroyed<br />

430,000 acres of standing<br />

crops, damaged 40,000 trees, killed<br />

67,000 cattle and sheep, blew away<br />

67,000 acres of plastic greenhouses,<br />

injured 278 people, and killed 49 individuals.<br />

Forty-two passenger and<br />

freight trains were either canceled or<br />

delayed, or simply parked to wait<br />

until the storm passed and the tracks<br />

were cleared of sand dunes.<br />

Other Regions in the Dust<br />

While China is battling its expanding<br />

deserts, India, with scarcely 2%<br />

of the world’s land area, is struggling<br />

to support 17% of the world’s<br />

people and 18% of its cattle. According<br />

to a team of scientists at the<br />

Indian Space Research Organization,<br />

24% of India’s land area is slowly<br />

turning into desert. It thus comes as<br />

no surprise that many of India’s<br />

cattle are emaciated and over 40% of<br />

its children are chronically hungry<br />

ward across the Atlantic, depositing<br />

so much dust in the Caribbean that<br />

they cloud the water and damage<br />

coral reefs.<br />

Nigeria, Africa’s most populous<br />

country, reports losing 867,000 acres<br />

of rangeland and cropland to desertification<br />

each year. While Nigeria’s<br />

human population was growing<br />

from 37 million in 1950 to 151 million<br />

in 2008, a fourfold expansion, its<br />

livestock population grew from 6<br />

million to 104 million, a 17-fold<br />

jump. With the forage needs of Nigeria’s<br />

16 million cattle and 88 million<br />

sheep and goats exceeding the sustainable<br />

yield of grasslands, the<br />

northern part of the country is<br />

slowly turning to desert. If Nigeria’s<br />

population keeps growing as projected,<br />

the associated land degradation<br />

will eventually undermine herding<br />

and farming.<br />

In East Africa, Kenya is being<br />

squeezed by spreading deserts. Desertification<br />

affects up to a fourth of<br />

the country’s 39 million people. As<br />

elsewhere, the combination of overgrazing,<br />

overcutting, and overplowing<br />

is eroding soils, costing the country<br />

valuable productive land.<br />

In Afghanistan, a UN Environment<br />

Programme (UNEP) team reports<br />

that in the Sistan region “up to<br />

100 villages have been submerged<br />

by windblown dust and sand.” The<br />

Registan Desert is migrating westward,<br />

encroaching on agricultural<br />

areas. In the country’s northwest,<br />

sand dunes are moving onto agricultural<br />

land in the upper Amu Darya<br />

basin, their path cleared by the loss<br />

of stabilizing vegetation due to firewood<br />

gathering and overgrazing.<br />

The UNEP team observed sand<br />

dunes as high as a five-story building<br />

blocking roads, forcing residents<br />

to establish new routes.<br />

An Afghan Ministry of Agriculture<br />

and Food report reads like an epitaph<br />

on a gravestone: “Soil fertility is<br />

declining,... water tables have dramatically<br />

fallen, de-vegetation is extensive<br />

and soil erosion by water<br />

and wind is widespread.” After<br />

nearly three decades of armed conflict<br />

and the related deprivation and<br />

devastation, Afghanistan’s forests<br />

are nearly gone. Seven southern<br />

provinces are losing cropland to encroaching<br />

sand dunes. And like<br />

26 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


many failing states, even if Afghanistan<br />

had appropriate environmental<br />

policies, it lacks the law enforcement<br />

authority to implement them.<br />

Neighboring Iran illustrates the<br />

pressures facing the Middle East.<br />

With 8 million cattle and 79 million<br />

sheep and goats—the source of wool<br />

for its fabled Persian carpet-making<br />

industry—Iran’s rangelands are deteriorating<br />

from overstocking. In the<br />

southeastern province of Sistan-<br />

Balochistan, sandstorms have buried<br />

124 villages, forcing their abandonment.<br />

Drifting sands have covered<br />

grazing areas, starving livestock and<br />

depriving villagers of their livelihood.<br />

In Iraq, suffering from nearly a<br />

decade of war and recent drought, a<br />

new dust bowl appears to be forming.<br />

Chronically plagued by overgrazing<br />

and overplowing, Iraq is<br />

now losing irrigation water to its upstream<br />

riparian neighbors—Turkey,<br />

Syria, and Iran. The reduced river<br />

flow—combined with the drying up<br />

of marshlands, the deterioration of<br />

irrigation infrastructure, and the<br />

shrinking irrigated area—is drying<br />

out Iraq. The Fertile Crescent, the<br />

cradle of civilization, may be turning<br />

into a dust bowl.<br />

Dust storms are occurring with increasing<br />

frequency in Iraq. In July<br />

2009, a dust storm raged for several<br />

days in what was described as the<br />

worst such storm in Iraq’s history.<br />

As it traveled eastward into Iran, the<br />

authorities in Tehran closed government<br />

offices, private offices, schools,<br />

and factories. Although this new<br />

dust bowl is small compared with<br />

those centered in northwest China<br />

and central Africa, it is nonetheless<br />

an unsettling new development in<br />

this region.<br />

Food and Forage<br />

One indicator that helps us assess<br />

grassland health is changes in the<br />

goat population relative to those of<br />

sheep and cattle. As grasslands deteriorate,<br />

grass is typically replaced by<br />

desert shrubs. In such a degraded<br />

environment, cattle and sheep do<br />

not fare well, but goats—being particularly<br />

hardy ruminants—forage<br />

on the shrubs. Between 1970 and<br />

2009, the world cattle population in-<br />

Restoring Earth’s Soil Foundation<br />

Restoring the Earth will take an<br />

enormous international effort, one<br />

far more demanding than the Marshall<br />

Plan that helped rebuild wartorn<br />

Europe and Japan after World<br />

War II. And such an initiative must<br />

be undertaken at wartime speed before<br />

environmental deterioration<br />

translates into economic decline, just<br />

as it did for the Sumerians, the<br />

Mayans, and many other early civilizations<br />

whose archaeological sites<br />

we study today.<br />

Protecting the 10 billion acres of<br />

remaining forests on Earth and replanting<br />

many of those already lost,<br />

for example, are both essential for restoring<br />

the planet’s health. Since<br />

2000, the Earth’s forest cover has<br />

shrunk by a net 13 million acres each<br />

year, with annual losses of 32 million<br />

acres far exceeding the regrowth of<br />

19 million acres.<br />

Thus, protecting the Earth’s soil<br />

warrants a worldwide ban on the<br />

clear-cutting of forests in favor of selective<br />

harvesting, simply because<br />

each successive clear-cut brings<br />

heavy soil loss and eventual forest<br />

degeneration. Restoring the Earth’s<br />

tree and grass cover, as well as practicing<br />

conservation agriculture, protects<br />

soil from erosion, reduces<br />

flooding, and sequesters carbon.<br />

We also need a tree-planting effort<br />

to both conserve soil and sequester<br />

carbon. To achieve these goals, billions<br />

of trees need to be planted on<br />

millions of acres of degraded lands<br />

that have lost their tree cover and on<br />

marginal croplands and pasturelands<br />

that are no longer productive.<br />

Planting trees is just one of many<br />

activities that will remove meaningful<br />

quantities of carbon from the atmosphere.<br />

Improved grazing and<br />

land management practices that increased<br />

by 28% and the sheep population<br />

stayed relatively static, but the<br />

goat population more than doubled.<br />

In some developing countries, the<br />

growth in the goat population is dramatic.<br />

While Pakistan’s cattle population<br />

doubled between 1961 and<br />

2009, and the sheep population<br />

nearly tripled, the goat population<br />

grew more than sixfold and is now<br />

equal to that of the cattle and sheep<br />

populations combined.<br />

As countries lose their topsoil,<br />

they eventually lose the capacity to<br />

feed themselves. Among those<br />

facing this problem are Lesotho,<br />

Haiti, Mongolia, and North Korea.<br />

Lesotho—one of Africa’s smallest<br />

countries, with only 2 million<br />

people—is paying a heavy price for<br />

its soil losses. A UN team visited in<br />

2002 to assess its food prospect.<br />

Their finding was straightforward:<br />

“Agriculture in Lesotho faces a catastrophic<br />

future; crop production is<br />

declining and could cease altogether<br />

over large tracts of country if steps<br />

are not taken to reverse soil erosion,<br />

degradation, and the decline in soil<br />

fertility.”<br />

During the last 10 years, Lesotho’s<br />

grain harvest dropped by half as its<br />

soil fertility fell. Its collapsing agriculture<br />

has left the country heavily<br />

dependent on food imports. As Michael<br />

Grunwald reported in the<br />

Washington Post, nearly half of the<br />

children under five in Lesotho are<br />

stunted physically. “Many,” he<br />

wrote, “are too weak to walk to<br />

school.”<br />

In the Western Hemisphere,<br />

Haiti—one of the early failing<br />

states—was largely self-sufficient in<br />

grain 40 years ago. Since then, it has<br />

lost nearly all its forests and much of<br />

its topsoil, forcing it to import over<br />

half of its grain. Lesotho and Haiti<br />

are both dependent on UN World<br />

Food Programme lifelines.<br />

A similar situation exists in Mongolia,<br />

where over the last 20 years<br />

nearly three-fourths of the wheatland<br />

has been abandoned and wheat<br />

yields have started to fall, shrinking<br />

the harvest by four-fifths. Mongolia<br />

now imports nearly 70% of its wheat.<br />

North Korea, largely deforested<br />

and suffering from flood-induced<br />

soil erosion and land degradation,<br />

has watched its yearly grain harvest<br />

fall from a peak of 5 million tons<br />

during the 1980s to scarcely 3.5 million<br />

tons during the first decade of<br />

this century.<br />

Soil erosion is taking a human toll.<br />

Whether the degraded land is in<br />

Haiti, Lesotho, Mongolia, North<br />

Korea, or any of the many other<br />

countries losing their soil, the health<br />

of the people cannot be separated<br />

from the health of the land itself.<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 27


S S References and Resources S S<br />

Data, endnotes, and additional resources can be found on Earth Policy’s Web<br />

site, at www.earth-policy.org. Also see:<br />

• Dirt: The Erosion of Civilizations by David R. Montgomery (University of<br />

California Press, 2007). A geomorphologist argues that we are running out<br />

of sufficient soil to feed future populations, making a case for organic inputs<br />

and conservation.<br />

• The Grapes of Wrath by John Steinbeck (Viking Penguin Inc., 1939) puts environmental<br />

damage into a human context.<br />

• Food and Agriculture Organization (www.fao.org) provides information<br />

on soil and soil resources, conservation, desertification, land assessment,<br />

plant and crop nutrition, and more.<br />

• NASA’s Earth Observatory site (http://earthobservatory.nasa.gov) offers<br />

satellite imagery showing the extent and impacts of dust storms, droughts,<br />

and more.<br />

• U.S. Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service (www.ars<br />

.usda.gov) oversees the National Soil Erosion Research Laboratory, among<br />

many other programs promoting innovation in resource management.<br />

S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S<br />

tices on 37% of all cropland, reduced<br />

annual U.S. soil erosion from 3.1 billion<br />

tons to 1.9 billion tons between<br />

1982 and 1997. The U.S. approach offers<br />

a model for the rest of the world.<br />

Another tool in the soil conservation<br />

toolkit is conservation tillage,<br />

which includes both no-till and minimum<br />

tillage. Instead of the traditional<br />

cultural practices of plowing land<br />

and discing or harrowing it to prepare<br />

the seedbed, and then using a<br />

mechanical cultivator to control<br />

weeds in row crops, farmers simply<br />

drill seeds directly through crop residues<br />

into undisturbed soil, controlling<br />

weeds with herbicides. The only<br />

soil disturbance is the narrow slit in<br />

the soil surface where the seeds are<br />

inserted, leaving the remainder of the<br />

soil covered with crop residue and<br />

thus resistant to both water and wind<br />

erosion. In addition to reducing erosion,<br />

this practice retains water, raises<br />

soil carbon content, and greatly reduces<br />

energy use for tillage.<br />

In the United States, the no-till<br />

area went from 17 million acres in<br />

1990 to 65 million acres in 2007. Now<br />

widely used in the production of<br />

corn and soybeans, no-till has spread<br />

rapidly, covering 63 million acres in<br />

Brazil and Argentina and 42 million<br />

in Australia. Canada, not far behind,<br />

rounds out the five leading no-till<br />

countries. Farming practices that recrease<br />

the organic matter content in<br />

soil also sequester carbon.<br />

Lessons of the Dust Bowl<br />

The 1930s Dust Bowl that threatened<br />

to turn the U.S. Great Plains into<br />

a vast desert was a traumatic experience<br />

that led to revolutionary<br />

changes in American agricultural<br />

practices, including the planting of<br />

tree shelterbelts (rows of trees<br />

planted beside fields to slow wind<br />

and thus reduce wind erosion) and<br />

strip cropping (the planting of wheat<br />

on alternate strips with fallowed land<br />

each year). Strip cropping permits<br />

soil moisture to accumulate on the<br />

fallowed strips, while the alternating<br />

planted strips reduce wind speed and<br />

hence erosion on the idled land.<br />

In 1985, the U.S. Department of<br />

Agriculture, with strong support<br />

from the environmental community,<br />

created the Conservation Reserve<br />

Program (CRP) to reduce soil erosion<br />

and control overproduction of basic<br />

commodities. By 1990, there were<br />

some 35 million acres of highly erodible<br />

land with permanent vegetative<br />

cover under 10-year contracts. Under<br />

this program, farmers were paid<br />

to plant fragile cropland in grass or<br />

trees. The retirement of those 35 million<br />

acres under the CRP, together<br />

with the use of conservation prac-<br />

duce soil erosion and raise cropland<br />

productivity such as minimum-till,<br />

no-till, and mixed crop–livestock<br />

farming usually also lead to higher<br />

soil carbon content and soil moisture.<br />

In Kazakhstan, the 3 million<br />

acres in no-till seemed to fare better<br />

than land in conventional farming<br />

during the great Russian heat wave<br />

and drought of 2010.<br />

In sub-Saharan Africa, where the<br />

Sahara is moving southward all<br />

across the Sahel, countries are concerned<br />

about the growing displacement<br />

of people as grasslands and<br />

croplands turn to desert. As a result,<br />

the African Union has launched the<br />

Green Wall Sahara Initiative. This<br />

plan, originally proposed in 2005 by<br />

Olusegun Obasanjo when he was<br />

president of Nigeria, calls for planting<br />

a 4,300-mile band of trees, nine<br />

miles wide, stretching across Africa<br />

from Senegal to Djibouti. Senegal,<br />

which is losing 124,000 acres of productive<br />

land each year and which<br />

would anchor the green wall on the<br />

western end, has planted 326 miles<br />

of the band. A $119-million grant<br />

from the Global Environment Facility<br />

in June 2010 gave the project a<br />

big boost. Senegal’s Environment<br />

Minister, Modou Fada Diagne, says,<br />

“Instead of waiting for the desert to<br />

come to us, we need to attack it.”<br />

One key to the success of this initiative<br />

is improving management practices,<br />

such as rotational grazing.<br />

In the end, the only viable way to<br />

eliminate overgrazing on the twofifths<br />

of the Earth’s land surface classified<br />

as rangelands is to reduce the<br />

size of flocks and herds. Not only do<br />

the excessive numbers of cattle,<br />

sheep, and goats remove the vegetation,<br />

but their hoofs pulverize the<br />

protective crust of soil that is formed<br />

by rainfall and that naturally checks<br />

wind erosion. In some situations, the<br />

preferred option is to keep the animals<br />

in restricted areas, bringing the<br />

forage to them. India, which has successfully<br />

adopted this practice to<br />

build the world’s largest dairy industry,<br />

is a model for other countries.<br />

A Sustainable Plan to<br />

Preserve Soil<br />

Conserving the Earth’s topsoil by<br />

reducing erosion to the rate of new<br />

28 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


S S S S S S Plan B Budget S S S S S S<br />

Goal<br />

Funding<br />

(billion dollars)<br />

Basic Social Goals<br />

Universal primary education 10<br />

Eradication of adult illiteracy 4<br />

School lunch programs 3<br />

Aid to women, infants, preschool children 4<br />

Reproductive health and family planning 21<br />

Universal basic health care 33<br />

Total 75<br />

Grand total 185<br />

U.S. Military Budget 661<br />

Plan B Budget as share of this 28%<br />

World Military Budget 1,522<br />

Plan B Budget as share of this 12%<br />

Source: Military from SIPRI; other data at www.earth-policy.org.<br />

Goal<br />

Funding<br />

(billion dollars)<br />

Earth Restoration Goals<br />

Planting trees 23<br />

Protecting topsoil on cropland 24<br />

Restoring rangelands 9<br />

Restoring fisheries 13<br />

Stabilizing water tables 10<br />

Protecting biological diversity 31<br />

Total 110<br />

S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S<br />

seems like a reasonable goal. Since<br />

this costs roughly $2 billion in the<br />

United States, which has one-eighth<br />

of the world’s cropland, the total for<br />

the world would be $16 billion annually.<br />

The second initiative on topsoil<br />

consists of adopting conservation<br />

practices on the remaining land that<br />

is subject to excessive erosion—that<br />

is, erosion that exceeds the natural<br />

rate of new soil formation. This initiative<br />

includes incentives to encourage<br />

farmers to adopt conservation<br />

practices such as contour farming,<br />

strip cropping, and, increasingly,<br />

minimum-till or no-till farming.<br />

These expenditures in the United<br />

States total roughly $1 billion per<br />

year. Assuming that the need for erosion<br />

control practices elsewhere is<br />

similar to that in the United States,<br />

we again multiply the U.S. expenditure<br />

by eight to get a total of $8 billion<br />

for the world as a whole. The<br />

two components together—$16 billion<br />

for retiring highly erodible land<br />

and $8 billion for adopting conservasoil<br />

formation or below has two<br />

parts. One is to retire the highly<br />

erodible land that cannot sustain cultivation—the<br />

estimated one-tenth of<br />

the world’s cropland that accounts<br />

for perhaps half of all excess erosion.<br />

For the United States, that has meant<br />

retiring nearly 35 million acres. The<br />

cost of keeping this land out of production<br />

is close to $50 per acre. In total,<br />

annual payments to farmers to<br />

plant this land in grass or trees under<br />

10-year contracts approaches $2<br />

billion.<br />

In expanding these estimates to<br />

cover the world, it is assumed that<br />

roughly 10% of the world’s cropland<br />

is highly erodible, as in the United<br />

States, and should be planted in<br />

grass or trees before the topsoil is<br />

lost and it becomes barren land. In<br />

both the United States and China,<br />

which together account for 40% of<br />

the world grain harvest, the official<br />

goal is to retire one-tenth of all cropland.<br />

For the world as a whole, converting<br />

10% of cropland that is<br />

highly erodible to grass or trees<br />

tion practices—give an annual total<br />

for the world of $24 billion.<br />

Altogether, then, restoring the<br />

economy’s natural support systems—reforesting<br />

the Earth, protecting<br />

topsoil, restoring rangelands and<br />

fisheries, stabilizing water tables,<br />

and protecting biological diversity—<br />

will require additional expenditures<br />

of just $110 billion per year. Many<br />

will ask, Can the world afford these<br />

investments? But the only appropriate<br />

question is, Can the world afford<br />

the consequences of not making<br />

these investments?<br />

❑<br />

About the Author<br />

Lester R. Brown is president<br />

of Earth Policy Institute and<br />

author of World on the Edge:<br />

How to Prevent Environmental<br />

and Economic Collapse<br />

(W.W. Norton & Company,<br />

2011), from which this<br />

article was adapted with permission. He<br />

may be contacted at Earth Policy Institute,<br />

1350 Connecticut Avenue, N.W., Suite 403,<br />

Washington, D.C. 20036. Web site www<br />

.earth-policy.org; e-mail epi@earth-policy.org.<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 29


A Convenient Truth<br />

About Clean Energy<br />

By Carl E. Schoder<br />

The Earth is awash in energy;<br />

we just need new infrastructure<br />

to tap it. A chemical engineer shows<br />

how we could break free of fossil fuels by<br />

deploying the power of ammonia and hydrogen.<br />

The prototype Hydrogen Hub electricity system can power a building complex with<br />

anhydrous ammonia fuel. The system captures energy from renewable energy sources<br />

and stores it in anhydrous ammonia.<br />

© JACK ROBERTSON / NORTHWEST HYDROGEN ALLIANCE<br />

© STEFAN BAUM / DREAMSTIME.COM<br />

Gas stations will make way for vehicle refueling stations that generate energy on-site<br />

via solar and wind power. This scene on the Dahme River outside Berlin, Germany,<br />

shows one such present-day refueling station. The boats draw power from the solar<br />

energy reserves.<br />

The convenient truth is that the<br />

world does not have an energy<br />

shortage; it simply lacks an energy<br />

infrastructure capable of using<br />

the abundant source of solar energy<br />

that we receive from the sun every<br />

day. The current worldwide demand<br />

of about 363 terawatt-hours per day<br />

could be met by covering just 0.5%<br />

of the world’s land area with silicon<br />

solar panels. Doing so, and building<br />

out other necessary infrastructure requirements,<br />

could meet our energy<br />

needs and eliminate dependency on<br />

nonrenewable petroleum.<br />

As we examine our energy future,<br />

we should keep in mind three fundamental<br />

requirements:<br />

1. Abundance. Because of the<br />

value that energy gives us in improv-<br />

30 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


ing the quality of life, the long-term<br />

abundance of an energy source and<br />

of the materials required to produce<br />

it is very important.<br />

2. Cleanness and greenness.<br />

Clean, green energy is important because<br />

we only have one Planet Earth.<br />

When we pollute and damage it, we<br />

are destroying our home.<br />

3. Widely distributed availability.<br />

Moving energy from point to point<br />

is an energy-consuming and wasteful<br />

practice, so ease of transport and<br />

accessibility are important considerations<br />

in building the energy future.<br />

Energy Supply<br />

We typically refer to fossil fuels as<br />

sources of energy. In reality, fossil<br />

fuels are stored forms of potential<br />

energy created from solar energy<br />

ages ago, so the real source was the<br />

sun. These fossil fuels are nonrenewable<br />

sources of energy; formed over<br />

eons, they are now being spent in a<br />

matter of decades.<br />

Gasoline, diesel, biodiesel, ethanol,<br />

methanol, hydrogen, and electricity<br />

are not true sources of energy because<br />

they need to be converted<br />

from other sources into these more<br />

convenient forms. Whenever one<br />

type of energy is converted into another<br />

type of energy, some of the<br />

source energy is lost as waste heat or<br />

friction (entropy). This entropy<br />

waste is one of many reasons why<br />

the conservation of all natural materials—including<br />

petroleum—is for<br />

the betterment of society.<br />

Solar energy, however, is different;<br />

it is constantly being generated and<br />

radiated into the universe. Any solar<br />

energy that we do not use becomes<br />

wasted light and heat energy, dispersed<br />

into the empty void of space<br />

as a sort of dark, weak energy that is<br />

unavailable for our use.<br />

A basic source of energy is fusion<br />

energy, which is in fact the primary<br />

source of all energy in the universe.<br />

Our sun is a fusion energy source, as<br />

are all of the billions of suns in the<br />

universe. Our sun has been producing<br />

reliable fusion energy for several<br />

billion years and is estimated to have<br />

a remaining life of more than 4.5 billion<br />

years. All we need is an infrastructure<br />

to collect and utilize the already<br />

ample solar energy it sends<br />

our planet’s surface daily—more<br />

than 2 million terawatt-hours.<br />

How much solar energy do we receive<br />

from the sun? Let us look<br />

briefly at the sources.<br />

Amount of Solar Energy Available<br />

There are four major types of energy<br />

sources that we get from the<br />

sun: heat, wind power, photosynthesis<br />

(biomass cultivation), and photovoltaic<br />

power. Heat is what warms<br />

the earth and makes it livable as a<br />

planet. Wind power is available, useful,<br />

and relatively inexpensive, but it<br />

is too limited to fulfill worldwide demands.<br />

Biomass is also an available<br />

option, but as a product of photosynthesis,<br />

it is less efficient than photovoltaic<br />

generation of electricity. Also,<br />

the competition for resources among<br />

agriculture, forestry, and energy must<br />

be carefully and cautiously evaluated<br />

before considering the use of biomass<br />

for energy on a large scale.<br />

Now let us look at how much photovoltaic<br />

solar energy is available<br />

from the sun. Starting with National<br />

Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration<br />

Solar Constant data measured<br />

at the stratosphere, we can estimate<br />

the average amount of sun continuously<br />

reaching the Earth’s surface at<br />

174 watts per square meter, which obviously<br />

varies by latitude, season,<br />

cloud cover, and other variables. In<br />

the region from the southern tip of<br />

Greenland in the north to the outer<br />

rim of the Antarctic Circle in the<br />

south, where most of the energy demand<br />

is and where most of the solar<br />

energy generators would be constructed,<br />

the amount of continuous<br />

solar exposure is greater than average,<br />

so the 174 watts per square meter<br />

is a valid and conservative value for<br />

estimating solar generation potential.<br />

Energy Storage<br />

The key to fundamental requirement<br />

#3, availability of energy, is<br />

storage. We shall now examine ammonia<br />

as a viable carbon-free energy<br />

storage option.<br />

Ammonia (NH 3<br />

) is a compound of<br />

one part nitrogen and three parts hydrogen.<br />

We are specifically interested<br />

in anhydrous ammonia (without water)<br />

as opposed to aqua ammonia,<br />

and with dissociated ammonia (the<br />

nitrogen and hydrogen components<br />

are split, with the resulting dissociated<br />

ammonia gas comprising 75%<br />

hydrogen by volume).<br />

Since dissociated ammonia is a<br />

gas, it is not a convenient storage<br />

medium. However, the combination<br />

of a tank of anhydrous ammonia<br />

connected to an on-demand ammonia<br />

dissociator is a surprisingly efficient<br />

energy storage and supply system.<br />

The “ammonia/dissociator”<br />

combination compares favorably<br />

with fossil fuels in volumetric energy<br />

density.<br />

In addition to its reasonable energy<br />

densities, ammonia and hydrogen<br />

are carbon-free energy sources.<br />

To be completely carbon-free, the<br />

source of hydrogen for the manufacture<br />

of the ammonia must be by water<br />

electrolysis. The electricity to<br />

electrolyze the water would be most<br />

efficiently provided from solar energy<br />

sources, such as photovoltaic or<br />

solar thermal collectors. An advantage<br />

of the anhydrous ammonia/dissociated<br />

ammonia energy storage<br />

system is that, by comparison, current<br />

battery technology is 15 to 60<br />

times bulkier by volume.<br />

The Carbon-Free Energy World<br />

Of the Future<br />

I envision a combination of onsite<br />

and remote energy-generating<br />

facilities of appropriate sizes to be<br />

designed for the residential, commercial,<br />

industrial, and transportation<br />

energy sectors, with the emphasis<br />

on on-site facilities. A typical<br />

on-site, carbon-free energy system<br />

would consist of:<br />

• A solar array (PV or thermal).<br />

• An electricity converter system<br />

capable of supplying both DC and<br />

AC electricity.<br />

• A water electrolysis system.<br />

• A unit for extracting nitrogen<br />

from air.<br />

• A Haber-type ammonia generator<br />

making anhydrous ammonia<br />

from hydrogen and nitrogen.<br />

• An anhydrous ammonia storage<br />

tank.<br />

• An on-demand ammonia dissociator.<br />

• Various pumps and compressors.<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 31


The Aswan Dam in Egypt (pictured above) and other hydroelectric dams would be great sites<br />

for future solar-energy plants, according to Schoder. The solar plants could store their extra<br />

electricity in the dams’ reservoirs and harness it during nighttime hours.<br />

U.S. Energy Consumption, Current and Potential<br />

A wind turbine would be a desirable<br />

addition in areas of strong wind<br />

power. All of these system components<br />

are currently manufactured,<br />

but research and development<br />

would be required to provide a better<br />

variety of sizes and capacities for<br />

the various energy sectors.<br />

Let us design an energy system using<br />

the United States as an example,<br />

though the principles will be applicable<br />

to the whole world. We will<br />

look at the areas of housing, commerce,<br />

manufacturing, and transportation.<br />

The numbers are rounded calculations<br />

based upon U.S. Energy<br />

Information Agency (EIA) data for<br />

2004 through 2007. Estimates can be<br />

made into the future using population<br />

extrapolations.<br />

The U.S. Energy Consumption table<br />

shows average annual consump-<br />

© DRAGONEYE / DREAMSTIME.COM<br />

(Average annual consumption, in Terawatt-hours)<br />

Fossil-Fuel Renewable Energy Total Consumption<br />

Energy Sector 2004-2007 2050 2004-2007 2050 2004-2007 2050<br />

Residential 1,814 36 146 1,924 6,247 2,046<br />

Commercial 1,122 22 35 1,135 5,242 1,239<br />

Industry 5,804 116 571 6,259 9,714 6,439<br />

Transportation 8,218 164 127 8,059 8,370 8,224<br />

U.S. Total 16,959 339 879 17,376 29,473 17,948<br />

In a scenario assuming that 98% of energy is supplied by renewables, the United<br />

States could see 98% reductions of electricity retail sales and electrical system energy<br />

losses, and an overall savings of 39% in total average energy consumption by 2050.<br />

Source for 2004-2007 figures: U.S. Energy Information Agency Annual Energy Review,<br />

2008. Author’s projections for 2050.<br />

32 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong><br />

tion for the four energy sectors and a<br />

what-if scenario involving the essential<br />

removal of all fossil fuels for energy<br />

generation. The numbers for<br />

2050 show a future transition from<br />

fossil-fuel energy generating plants<br />

to mostly renewable-energy generating<br />

facilities, including the use of anhydrous<br />

ammonia with on-demand<br />

dissociators for space heating at<br />

night and when solar energy is limited.<br />

This would be supplemented as<br />

needed with some remote renewable<br />

energy generating facilities in areas<br />

of high wind or solar insolation.<br />

This change would have tremendous<br />

benefits in energy conservation,<br />

CO 2<br />

emission reductions, safety,<br />

and improved security. The numbers<br />

show a 39% decrease in U.S. energy<br />

consumption from more than 29,400<br />

terawatt-hours per year to less than<br />

© CHERYL CASEY / DREAMSTIME.COM<br />

Work crews gather on a Florida<br />

beach in the wake of the June 2010<br />

Gulf Coast oil spill. Schoder points<br />

out that even though fossil-fuel<br />

electricity may now cost less per<br />

kilowatt than many renewable alternatives,<br />

it carries many hidden costs,<br />

such as unexpected environmental<br />

disasters.<br />

18,000 terawatt-hours per year.<br />

There would also be a reduction in<br />

CO 2<br />

emissions of about 98% from<br />

current energy generation using<br />

mostly fossil fuels. In all, it would be<br />

a huge step to a brighter, cleaner,<br />

and safer world of the future.<br />

It will be imperative to maintain<br />

an adequately up-to-date electricity<br />

grid. The grid will have a significantly<br />

diminished load, but it will<br />

still have to provide flexibility, load<br />

leveling, and backup for inevitable<br />

equipment and system failures, as<br />

well as the variability of local climate<br />

changes that affect solar energy<br />

generation. In addition, there will be<br />

some demand for large, remotely located<br />

solar-energy generating plants<br />

in areas with above-average solar insolation,<br />

such as the southwestern<br />

United States, to add energy to the<br />

grid as backup power.<br />

Consumption by Energy Sector<br />

• Residential consumption. U.S.<br />

households consume about 6,247 terawatt-hours<br />

of energy per year (not<br />

including energy used for transportation).<br />

But that total would transition<br />

to about 2,046 terawatt-hours<br />

per year in the homes of the future<br />

using on-site generation. The future<br />

household would have an on-site energy<br />

system to provide on-demand


A Diagram of the Carbon-Free Energy System of the Future<br />

Power Grid<br />

Sunlight<br />

Wind<br />

Homes, residences, farms, commercial, and industrial<br />

facilities<br />

Variable size on-site energy facilities<br />

Transportation refueling stations<br />

On-site energy facilities<br />

Remote solar energy farms in areas of exceptionally<br />

high solar insolation<br />

Large scale, on-site renewable energy facilities<br />

Remote wind energy farms in areas of exceptional<br />

wind intensity<br />

Wind turbines with AC generators to supply electricity<br />

to the power grid<br />

Fossil fuel refineries; nonfuel uses only<br />

On-site energy facilities to supply petrochemical raw<br />

materials to manufacturers of chemicals, pharmaceuticals,<br />

plastics and asphalt<br />

Existing nuclear energy plants<br />

cilities. The U.S. industrial sector<br />

could shift to running on only twothirds<br />

of its present level of electricity<br />

consumption by 2050. Industrial<br />

facilities would also have on-site energy<br />

generating facilities similar to<br />

those described above but with an<br />

even greater variation of sizes and<br />

components. Existing industrial<br />

plants with limited open land may<br />

need to supplement their on-site<br />

generation with grid-supplied electricity<br />

from solar facilities in the<br />

southwestern United States (another<br />

reason to maintain the electric grid).<br />

• Transportation. Present-day<br />

“gas stations” would be replaced by<br />

transportation refueling stations that<br />

charge batteries and dispense anhydrous<br />

ammonia. Almost all transportation<br />

fuel would be generated onsite<br />

using photovoltaic and wind/<br />

solar energy facilities. This would<br />

practically eliminate the transport of<br />

fuel by trucks on the highway system,<br />

which would reduce transportation<br />

consumption by about 146<br />

terawatt-hours per year and signifielectricity<br />

and dissociated ammonia<br />

(75% hydrogen) for a 24-hour-perday<br />

energy supply. The house would<br />

have electric heat and/or a furnace,<br />

which would be fueled with dissociated<br />

ammonia. It would also have a<br />

dispensing station to provide electricity<br />

and ammonia to the family’s<br />

fuel-cell cars fueled by dissociated<br />

ammonia. A farmhouse would have<br />

a larger anhydrous ammonia synthesizer<br />

and storage tank for fertilizing<br />

crops.<br />

• Commercial buildings and facilities.<br />

Commercial buildings and facilities<br />

would reduce consumption to<br />

about one-fifth of current rates.<br />

Future commercial buildings would<br />

have systems similar to residential,<br />

but with a broader range of capacities.<br />

The facility would have electric<br />

heat and/or a furnace, which would<br />

be fueled with dissociated ammonia<br />

and a dispensing station to dispense<br />

electricity or ammonia to the business’s<br />

fuel-cell cars fueled by dissociated<br />

ammonia.<br />

• Industry and manufacturing fa-<br />

Oxygen to air<br />

Nitrogen from air<br />

Water<br />

Oxygen to air<br />

Nitrogen from air<br />

Water<br />

Fossil Fuels<br />

Waste heat and<br />

spent fuel rods<br />

Enriched uranium<br />

cantly reduce the danger of collisions<br />

and spills on the highway system.<br />

An example of the transportation<br />

vehicle of the future is the Apollo<br />

Energy Systems electric car designs,<br />

such as the Silver Volt II, which has a<br />

patented propulsion system supplied<br />

by an anhydrous ammonia fuel<br />

tank. Research and development is<br />

needed to design similar propulsion<br />

systems for trucks, buses, trains, and<br />

airplanes.<br />

Lowering the Costs of Energy<br />

Solar energy has been wrongly<br />

conceived to be very expensive compared<br />

with fossil fuels. This is probably<br />

due to the idiosyncrasies of internalizing<br />

and externalizing various<br />

costs of energy. As the recent Deepwater<br />

Horizon’s oil platform explosion<br />

and resulting leak has shown,<br />

such costs have not been planned for<br />

and will now have to be added to<br />

the future cost of the supply of fossil<br />

fuels. The area of the costs of fossil<br />

fuels is indeed a messy, murky,<br />

smelly oligarchic sea.<br />

With the gradual buildup of a<br />

photovoltaic infrastructure, electricity<br />

and dissociated ammonia (75%<br />

hydrogen) will become the primary<br />

energy source for stationary needs<br />

and for transportation and other mobile<br />

needs. However, petroleum and<br />

other fossil-fuel resources will continue<br />

to be valuable and necessary<br />

commodities, since fossil resources<br />

have other uses than the production<br />

of energy. One-eighth of U.S. oil is<br />

not burned as fuel, but is instead<br />

used to make other materials, such<br />

as asphalt for roads and buildings,<br />

as well as fertilizers, plastics, pharmaceuticals,<br />

and other chemical<br />

products.<br />

There will be no serious abandonment<br />

or obsolescence of petroleum<br />

facilities. Older facilities will gradually<br />

be phased out and not replaced.<br />

New high-efficiency refineries can be<br />

built to supply feedstock for the nonenergy<br />

products of fossil resources.<br />

High-efficiency vehicles, machinery<br />

and systems, as well as conservation,<br />

will be needed to move toward energy<br />

sustainability.<br />

Over several decades, the world<br />

will go from a primarily carbonbased<br />

energy system to a primarily<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 33


“solar-ammonia-hydrogen” energy<br />

system. Carbon-dioxide emissions<br />

will be greatly reduced, and global<br />

warming may cease to be a problem.<br />

The environment will be cleaner,<br />

safer, and more secure. Underwater<br />

oil wells will no longer be needed.<br />

Oil spills will be a thing of the past.<br />

In addition, the new solar technologies<br />

will be a source of significant<br />

new jobs.<br />

Creating the desired solar-ammonia-hydrogen<br />

infrastructure will require<br />

the strong cooperative support<br />

of governments throughout the<br />

world. Governments must rethink<br />

their energy policies by reducing or<br />

eliminating the hundreds of billions<br />

of dollars in annual subsidies for fossil<br />

fuels and incorporating all costs—<br />

including extraction damages; CO 2<br />

buildup; resource depletion; air, soil,<br />

and water pollution; acid rain; and<br />

biodiversity losses—into the price of<br />

fossil fuels. Security costs should<br />

also be included in the price of fossil-fuel<br />

energy and nuclear energy.<br />

The model for this approach exists<br />

today in many European nations<br />

whose governments are already using<br />

taxes and incentives to fund new<br />

renewable energy infrastructures. As<br />

Jeff Immelt, the CEO of General<br />

Electric, has said, “Europe today is<br />

the major force for environmental innovation.<br />

European governments<br />

have encouraged their companies to<br />

invest in and produce clean power<br />

technologies.”<br />

One way of covering the infrastructure<br />

building costs would be a<br />

worldwide “carbon tax” or “resource<br />

extraction tax” on all carbon-containing<br />

fuels, like petroleum, natural<br />

gas, and coal. It would essentially be<br />

a fee charged for resource depletion.<br />

Implementing this tax would motivate<br />

consumers to burn up less gasoline<br />

and force businesses to innovate<br />

in green technologies. This is a classic<br />

case where an old quote of former<br />

Senator Jack Kemp is applicable:<br />

“Tax that which you want to discourage<br />

and subsidize that which you<br />

want to encourage.”<br />

A tax of 5% might be a fair starting<br />

point. The proceeds would be used<br />

to build plants that manufacture<br />

photovoltaic-grade silicon and silicon<br />

photovoltaic panels. Soon after<br />

start-up, these plants would be con-<br />

verted to run on photovoltaic electricity<br />

generated by panel arrays<br />

manufactured on-site.<br />

Where possible, these plants<br />

should be located near sites of abundant<br />

sand and water. Sites near hydroelectric<br />

dams are ideal because<br />

the plants could harness the dams<br />

for potential energy storage by using<br />

excess photovoltaic electricity to<br />

pump water uphill into the reservoirs<br />

as a source of potential energy<br />

for nighttime use. Four ideal locations<br />

would be near Hoover Dam<br />

outside of Las Vegas, Nevada; near<br />

Grand Coulee Dam in Washington<br />

state; near the Aswan Dam in Egypt;<br />

and near the Three Gorges Dam in<br />

China.<br />

Around 90% of the photovoltaic<br />

panels produced by the plants<br />

would be sold for residential and<br />

commercial rooftop photovoltaic<br />

electricity generating units. Low-interest<br />

loans must be made available<br />

to buyers, initially, to subsidize the<br />

capital costs until manufacturing<br />

supply and panel efficiency are optimized.<br />

The remaining 10% of the<br />

photovoltaic panels produced by the<br />

plants would be installed at the site<br />

to supply electricity to the local electrical<br />

grid for grid-supplied electricity.<br />

This approach would continue<br />

until the world’s current electricity<br />

demands are met from renewable<br />

energy sources.<br />

The carbon tax funds would also<br />

be used to build photovoltaic solar<br />

panels to supply electricity to “filling<br />

stations” for recharging electric vehicles<br />

and making hydrogen by electrolysis<br />

and anhydrous ammonia to<br />

supply fuel-cell vehicles. The arrays<br />

of panels would be built over the<br />

highway roadbeds so as not to use<br />

additional land area. I believe that it<br />

would even be possible to build airplanes<br />

that would fly using dissociated<br />

ammonia or liquid hydrogen as<br />

a fuel.<br />

The world will then have converted<br />

to a primarily solar-ammoniahydrogen<br />

energy world, free of its<br />

dependence on fossil fuels. Any remaining<br />

coal, petroleum, or natural<br />

gas reserves left at this time would<br />

be put into restricted feedstock reserves<br />

for pharmaceuticals, plastics,<br />

and petrochemicals. The result<br />

would be a sustainable, carbon-free<br />

world energy supply for centuries to<br />

come.<br />

Rethinking the “Good Life”<br />

Our sun will not last forever. However,<br />

if we convert to a carbon-free<br />

energy system, we should be able to<br />

extend our comfortable life on Earth<br />

for several billions of years. How we<br />

do this is up to us. We can continue<br />

to eat our free lunch of fossil fuels<br />

until their depletion, or we can start<br />

now to convert to a carbon-free energy<br />

system in a well thought-out<br />

manner over the next 40 or 50 years.<br />

We, the global community, have to<br />

make a choice between cheap, dirty,<br />

harmful fossil fuels or slightly more<br />

expensive clean energy, which is<br />

available but for which we lack the<br />

appropriate infrastructure. The cost<br />

of a world with vastly less climate<br />

change, terrorism, and environmental<br />

damage is to readjust our priorities<br />

and pay more for energy and<br />

less for war and for damage from climate,<br />

environment, and weather<br />

problems.<br />

A significant contribution to our<br />

current world energy situation is the<br />

consumption creed that has been<br />

pushed upon us by the marketing geniuses<br />

of the global corporations. The<br />

public has been enticed by those corporations<br />

to buy more and save less.<br />

I believe that, if we continue this<br />

consumption cult, we will be bringing<br />

on serious problems, such as climate<br />

change and religious wars, and<br />

much unnecessary suffering. On the<br />

other hand, if we insist on a resource<br />

depletion fee or carbon tax instead of<br />

begging for cheap oil, these problems<br />

can be avoided. A long-range<br />

solution in the form of carbon-free<br />

energy is feasible and doable if we<br />

plan now, spend for the future instead<br />

of the present, and conserve<br />

more while spending less. ❏<br />

About the Author<br />

Carl E. Schoder is a retired<br />

chemical engineer and lifelong<br />

Sierra Club member.<br />

He previously served electronics<br />

firm Varian Inc. in<br />

multiple capacities: process<br />

engineer, laboratory manager,<br />

plant process engineer, and corporate<br />

manager for environmental compliance.<br />

E‐mail cschoderrvm@charter.net.<br />

34 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


By Arnold Brown<br />

Relationships, Community, and<br />

Identity in the New Virtual Society<br />

As we spend more of our social lives online, the definitions of<br />

relationships and families are shifting. A business futurist offers<br />

an overview of these trends and what they imply for organizations<br />

in the coming years.<br />

The future of business conferences? A<br />

virtual boardroom meeting in <strong>Second</strong><br />

Life. Professional associations will<br />

hold more and more events and meetings<br />

in virtual spaces as well.<br />

ILLUSTRATIONS: LINDEN LAB<br />

In India, where for centuries marriages<br />

have been arranged by families,<br />

online dating services such as<br />

BharatMatrimony.com are profoundly<br />

changing embedded traditions.<br />

MyGamma, a Singapore-based mobile<br />

phone social networking site, has<br />

millions of users throughout Asia and<br />

Africa, giving social networking capability<br />

to people across continents—no<br />

personal computer necessary.<br />

In China, individuals have been participating<br />

in wang hun (online role-play<br />

marriages). These gaming sites are<br />

causing actual married couples to get<br />

divorced on the grounds that this constitutes<br />

adultery—even though no faceto-face<br />

meetings ever took place.<br />

And Web sites such as GeneTree<br />

.com and Ancestry.com, which offer inexpensive<br />

cheek-swab DNA tests, link<br />

up people throughout the world who<br />

have similar DNA, thus combining genealogy,<br />

medical technology, and social<br />

networking.<br />

Clearly the Internet has radically reshaped<br />

our social lives over the span of<br />

just a couple of decades, luring us into<br />

a virtual metaworld where traditional<br />

interactions—living, loving, belonging,<br />

and separating, as well as finding customers<br />

and keeping them—require new<br />

protocols.<br />

Two avatars share a moment<br />

together in the virtual world<br />

<strong>Second</strong> Life. Could this represent<br />

the future dating experience<br />

(at least the positive side<br />

of it) as our social lives move<br />

increasingly online?<br />

Relationships Take on a<br />

Digital Dimension<br />

The future of falling in love may be<br />

online. Dating sites, once considered a<br />

gimmicky way to meet and connect<br />

with new people, have grown immensely<br />

in popularity, thanks in part to<br />

the convergence of information technologies<br />

and digital entertainment. Facili-<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 35


tating and managing relationships<br />

online is projected to become close to<br />

a billion-dollar industry in the<br />

United States in 2011.<br />

In the new Virtual Society, we will<br />

see an increasing transition from basic<br />

matchmaking sites to sites that<br />

enable people to actually go out on<br />

online “dates” without ever leaving<br />

their desks. While face-to-face dating<br />

will never entirely disappear, the<br />

process—and even relationships<br />

themselves—will happen more and<br />

more in virtual space.<br />

Especially for young people, relationships<br />

made in virtual space can<br />

be just as powerful and meaningful<br />

as those formed in the real world.<br />

Additionally, as more people gain<br />

access to broadband technologies, an<br />

increasing number are seeking social<br />

connectivity this way. There are already<br />

at least 500 million mobile<br />

broadband users globally. The speed<br />

and flexibility with which people<br />

communicate and socialize online<br />

will likely only continue to increase.<br />

Technology doesn’t just bring<br />

people together, though. As Douglas<br />

Rushkoff points out in Program or Be<br />

Programmed (OR Books, 2010), cyberspace<br />

creates a temporal and spatial<br />

separation from which it becomes<br />

seemingly easier to accomplish unpleasant<br />

interpersonal tasks. Hence,<br />

the techno brush-off: breaking up with<br />

a significant other via e-mail or text<br />

message.<br />

This will increasingly be a dominant<br />

fixture of the global youth culture.<br />

Young people everywhere link<br />

up through IM, Twitter, blogs, smartphones,<br />

and social networking sites<br />

that are proliferating at an accelerating<br />

rate. This is a critical point for<br />

businesses to understand. The<br />

emerging generation is part of what<br />

is, in essence, a vast new crossborder<br />

empire. It is marked by an instant<br />

awareness of what’s new,<br />

what’s hot, what’s desirable—and<br />

what’s not. This is the group that<br />

pollster John Zogby, in his book The<br />

Way We’ll Be (Random House, 2008),<br />

calls the First Globals. His research<br />

shows that their expectations of<br />

products and services will be vastly<br />

different and that they will force<br />

businesses to redefine their offerings.<br />

Young people will not, as their elders<br />

did, simply adapt to the tech-<br />

substantive feel to online relationships.<br />

The more real and satisfying<br />

these relationships can be made to<br />

seem, the more they will attract and<br />

hold people, and the more money<br />

they will generate.<br />

Commercialized virtual venues<br />

such as upscale bars and coffeehouses<br />

could even be looked to as<br />

testing grounds to develop the social<br />

skills necessary to form meaningful<br />

human relationships. Businesses<br />

could use game applications like<br />

Mall World or Café World on Facebook<br />

as platforms to advertise various<br />

specials that occur in virtual<br />

space, ranging from coupons for<br />

those aforementioned simulations of<br />

bars and coffeehouses to discounts<br />

for two to “live” streaming concert<br />

events. Advertising boards could<br />

promote online activities and events<br />

such as speed dating in a virtual<br />

nightclub setting. All this will dramatically<br />

change the nature of relationships.<br />

As social researchers have pointed<br />

out, the Internet is programming us<br />

as well, starting at an early age. For<br />

example, there are combination social<br />

networking and gaming sites for<br />

children such as Disney’s Club Penguin.<br />

Children are developing social<br />

skills within these virtual worlds.<br />

What this will mean in terms of how<br />

they will start, maintain, and end<br />

“real” friendships and relationships<br />

in the future is anyone’s guess.<br />

But the Internet can also strengthen<br />

family ties because it provides a continuously<br />

connected presence. In<br />

Norway, for example, one study<br />

showed that college students were in<br />

touch with their parents on average<br />

10 times a week. Young people use<br />

mobile devices to Skype, text, upload<br />

photos and videos to Facebook,<br />

and more, with increasing frequency.<br />

Cyberspace enables families and<br />

friends to converse, in effect, as if<br />

they were in the same room. This is<br />

part of the reason that the Millennial<br />

generation reported feeling closer to<br />

their parents than did their older siblings<br />

during adolescence, according<br />

to the Pew Internet and American<br />

Life Survey.<br />

So what does all this tell us? For<br />

one thing, the temporal and spatial<br />

“here-and-now” limitations that formerly<br />

characterized social interacnology.<br />

The new youth cyberculture<br />

will continue to find ways to adapt<br />

the technology to their needs and<br />

desires. For example, Ning, created<br />

in 2005 by Netscape co-founder<br />

Marc Andreessen, enables people to<br />

create their own individual social<br />

network—not join a preexisting<br />

world but actually build their own.<br />

A Web site called paper.li creates a<br />

personalized newspaper for you everyday<br />

based on whom you follow<br />

on Twitter and whether or not they<br />

said anything particularly important<br />

in the last 24 hours (as measured by<br />

retweets). Your friend’s brilliant blog<br />

post about last night’s St. Patrick’s<br />

Day party could appear directly next<br />

to Tim O’Reilly or Bruce Sterling’s<br />

most recent missive on China’s Internet<br />

policy. It’s hard to imagine a local<br />

newspaper providing that sort of<br />

personalized content.<br />

But online relationships are not exclusively<br />

reserved for young people.<br />

As the elderly become more comfortable<br />

with the Internet, they will increasingly<br />

turn to alternative spaces,<br />

such as virtual worlds, to find company<br />

or meet people with similar interests.<br />

By 2008, more than 20 million<br />

social networkers in the United<br />

States were over the age of 50, according<br />

to a study by Deloitte. There<br />

have been a slew of media reports<br />

playing up the fact that many seniors<br />

are joining Facebook and Twitter,<br />

as well as becoming an increasingly<br />

significant part of the growing<br />

commercial activity in virtual<br />

worlds.<br />

Commercializing Communities<br />

More and more people regard the<br />

virtual world as a place where they<br />

can establish and maintain safer, less<br />

demanding relationships on their<br />

own time. Ease, flexibility, and relative<br />

anonymity will continue to be<br />

three key components of dating online.<br />

Monetization will happen<br />

quickly, as virtual restaurants, movie<br />

theaters, concerts, and even wedding<br />

chapels are established.<br />

In addition to using virtual worlds<br />

as test markets for real-life products<br />

and services, as is done now, businesses<br />

will offer a much wider variety<br />

of virtual products and services.<br />

Having these options would give a<br />

36 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


owling leagues. The big mistake<br />

that the fearful always make is to<br />

equate change with destruction. The<br />

social turmoil of the 1970s was heralded<br />

by such observers as “the destruction<br />

of the family.” But the family<br />

did not die; it just changed—and<br />

it is still changing.<br />

Similarly, social capital is not going<br />

away; it is too intrinsic to human<br />

nature, although aspects of it may<br />

well be changing, and it is important<br />

that you view these changes objectively<br />

if you want to understand<br />

what they are and what they mean<br />

to you.<br />

Social ties are being created,<br />

strengthened, and—yes—weakened<br />

in an almost unbelievable variety of<br />

ways. This has to entail, as well, the<br />

remaking and establishing of both a<br />

deeper and a shallower social capital.<br />

Someone with more than 3,000<br />

Facebook friends probably has more<br />

than 2,000 shallow friendships, but<br />

there’s a tremendous amount of variety<br />

in that number; some of these<br />

friendships are viable clients, others<br />

may be service providers, others<br />

may be long-term friend prospects,<br />

or secret crushes, or members of a<br />

social circle to which the person with<br />

3,000 friendships wants access; some<br />

of them will be annoying people encountered<br />

only once at a party, betions<br />

such as dating and family gettogethers<br />

have broken down. The<br />

composition of, and behavior in, relationships<br />

and households in the<br />

future will therefore change seriously.<br />

These trends are powerfully<br />

affecting how companies and organizations<br />

will design, sell, and market<br />

a wide range of products and services<br />

to consumers, with a growing<br />

emphasis on individualization and<br />

personalization. For instance, if relationships<br />

and families are more virtual,<br />

we should see an increase in the<br />

construction of new kinds of singleperson<br />

housing units or dual sleeping<br />

quarters.<br />

Family formation will need to be<br />

flexible and adaptive. The nuclear<br />

family was a response to the Industrial<br />

Age, in large measure replacing<br />

the extended family that characterized<br />

the Agricultural Era. It spurred<br />

vast economic shifts and led to new<br />

multibillion-dollar industries, from<br />

autos to washing machines to personal<br />

telephones. We are already seeing<br />

indications that the family is<br />

morphing into other forms as the<br />

Virtual Age approaches. Employers<br />

and governments will see their social,<br />

human resources, financial services,<br />

and benefits programs challenged,<br />

as the new economy takes<br />

great advantage of these multiple,<br />

newly unfolding personal relationships.<br />

For instance, should a “virtual<br />

spouse” be able to claim the Social<br />

Security benefits of a partner? The<br />

easy answer is, of course not. But<br />

what if it’s the virtual spouse who is<br />

charged with monitoring the health<br />

of an aged parent remotely? What if<br />

he or she does the household billpaying,<br />

or even contributes half of<br />

the household income? In other<br />

words, what if the virtual spouse<br />

performs many if not all of the tasks<br />

associated with a traditional spouse?<br />

And should the same polygamy<br />

laws applied to regular marriages<br />

also apply to virtual marriages?<br />

Should such marriages be subject to<br />

the same taxation laws?<br />

With the advent of an electronic<br />

era, many social scientists and other<br />

“experts” decried what they saw as a<br />

loss of social capital—the so-called<br />

“Bowling Alone” theory—because<br />

people were supposedly decreasing<br />

their participation in such things as<br />

The Reality of Virtual Feelings<br />

Advances in brain research and multisensory perception could play<br />

an important role in the development of virtual relationships. Neural<br />

devices already allow people to control electronic equipment such as<br />

wheelchairs, televisions, and video games via brain–computer interfaces.<br />

One day soon, avatars may also be controllable this way.<br />

Virtual reality may become so advanced that it could trick the brain<br />

into thinking the invented images it is responding to are real—and<br />

human emotions would follow accordingly. Avatars will cause people<br />

to feel love, hate, jealousy, etc. And as haptic technologies improve,<br />

our abilities to respond physically to our virtual partners will also improve:<br />

Sexual pleasure may be routinely available without any interhuman<br />

stimulation at all.<br />

If it becomes possible to connect virtual reality programs directly<br />

to the brain, thoughts and emotions may also be digitized, rendered<br />

binary and reduced to 0s and 1s. Feelings of satisfaction and pleasure<br />

(two key components in any relationship) could be created between<br />

avatars without any “real” stimulus at all. But would they be real<br />

or mimetic?<br />

Once humans begin to perceive virtual social interactions as actually<br />

having occurred, it will greatly impact individuals, relationships,<br />

communities, and society as a whole.<br />

—Arnold Brown<br />

grudgingly given the status of<br />

“friend” to avoid seeming rude. All<br />

of these friendships have their own<br />

unique value. But Facebook sees<br />

little difference among them outside<br />

of how they are designated in privacy<br />

settings (some people can see<br />

more private posts than others). Outside<br />

institutions don’t recognize any<br />

distinction among these virtual<br />

friendships, if they recognize such<br />

friendships at all.<br />

Sociologist Richard Ling has labeled<br />

the new communication phenomenon<br />

micro-coordination—as<br />

people are constantly planning, coordinating,<br />

and changing plans because<br />

their cyberconnections are always<br />

on. University of Southern<br />

California sociologist Manuel<br />

Castells says that adolescents today<br />

build and rebuild social networks<br />

via constant messaging. This is<br />

helped by the fact that they have<br />

what he calls “a safe autonomous<br />

pattern,” in that their parents are<br />

only a speed dial away.<br />

Sociologists describe two kinds of<br />

social ties: strong ties of family members<br />

and those with shared values,<br />

beliefs, and identities; and weak ties<br />

to acquaintances and other people<br />

with shallower connections. Accord-<br />

continued on page 40<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 37


By William Sims Bainbridge<br />

Avatars and Virt<br />

Deceased people always left<br />

active legacies in the memories<br />

of the survivors who<br />

knew them, and in the consequences<br />

of the deeds they performed<br />

in life. Now, a very great variety<br />

of avatars and agents in virtual<br />

worlds is extending the scope of action<br />

for a growing number of living<br />

people, potentially continuing their<br />

active existence after death and fulfilling<br />

the fantasies of religion<br />

through information technology.<br />

A hint of the human future can be<br />

found on Aldor Rise in Outland’s<br />

Shattrath City in the massively<br />

multi player online role-playing<br />

game World of Warcraft. There stands<br />

Caylee Dak, an Elf huntress, with<br />

her nightsaber panther, Dusky. Her<br />

function is to bless any member of<br />

the Alliance who brings her a poem<br />

beginning, “Do not stand at my<br />

grave and weep, I am not there, I do<br />

not sleep. I am in a thousand winds<br />

that blow, across Northrend’s bright<br />

and shining snow.” As an avatar,<br />

Caylee Dak is an active memorial for<br />

a player named Dak Krause, who<br />

died of leukemia in 2007, dressed exactly<br />

as she was when she served as<br />

his avatar in this virtual world, now<br />

providing a hint of immortality for<br />

his departed soul.<br />

Avatars need not reflect the person<br />

precisely, and indeed World of Warcraft<br />

calls them characters rather<br />

than avatars, suggesting that they<br />

have some independent nature.<br />

Thus, before we even begin to catalog<br />

the full range of avatars and<br />

agents that already exist, we should<br />

realize that they are expressions of<br />

the self, and the self may be expressed<br />

in many ways. I had 22<br />

World of Warcraft characters, and invested<br />

more than 700 hours of my<br />

own existence in each of two of<br />

them, Maxrohn and Catullus.<br />

Maxrohn, a human priest, was<br />

named after my uncle, Max Rohn,<br />

who was an Episcopal priest and<br />

something of an adventurer; he once<br />

taught me a judo move that could<br />

break a man’s arm. Thus, Maxrohn<br />

was a mixture of me and my uncle,<br />

and we all are partly reflections of<br />

the family members who have<br />

shaped our own characters. Catullus<br />

was based on the ancient Roman<br />

poet of that name, and I have published<br />

an essay bylined “Catullus,”<br />

in the form of a letter from him to a<br />

supernatural being, namely me,<br />

about his own sense of being real.<br />

Some recent gamelike virtual<br />

worlds, notably Star Trek Online and<br />

Dungeons and Dragons Online, allow<br />

one to have four or five secondary<br />

avatars operating at once, and to set<br />

their degree of autonomy. In a very<br />

real sense, these secondaries are programmable<br />

by the user, because one<br />

may set ahead of time which actions<br />

each one can perform, and then in<br />

real time give them commands or<br />

leave them to operate autonomously.<br />

Their degree of artificial intelligence<br />

is low, but not entirely negligible, because,<br />

for example, they learn which<br />

enemies are doing the most damage<br />

to them and respond accordingly.<br />

When an artificial person has some<br />

degree of autonomy from control by<br />

its owner, we call it an agent.<br />

Already, many people have information<br />

technology agents, but these<br />

agents are so simple we do not ordinarily<br />

think of them as such. Your<br />

answering machine acts in your<br />

stead when it says, “Sorry I’m not<br />

home now, please leave a message.”<br />

Many companies use speech-recognition<br />

technology in more-sophisticated<br />

systems that can ask and answer<br />

questions, and it is just a matter<br />

38 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


WILLIAM SIMS BAINBRIDGE<br />

Already, many people have<br />

information technology<br />

agents, but these agents are<br />

so simple we do not ordinarily<br />

think of them as such.<br />

Sagittarius Sylvanus is author William<br />

Sims Bainbridge’s Dungeons and Dragons<br />

Online avatar.<br />

ual Immortality<br />

of time before you will be able to do<br />

this with your home machine. Some<br />

investors use trading agents, programs<br />

that execute automatic stoploss<br />

actions in the stock market or<br />

follow more complex investment<br />

strategies without moment-tomoment<br />

supervision. If you ever<br />

rented a movie from Netflix and rated<br />

it afterward, or bought a book from<br />

Amazon.com, something like an<br />

agent representing you now exists<br />

inside the company’s recommender<br />

system. These online businesses use<br />

data like movie-preference ratings<br />

and book purchases to advertise<br />

your favorites to other customers,<br />

aggregating your data with data<br />

from many others. This allows your<br />

personal preferences to operate<br />

somewhat autonomously, akin to an<br />

agent who votes for which movies or<br />

books should be promoted to customers<br />

like you.<br />

The picture accompanying this<br />

article shows Sagittarius Sylvanus,<br />

my primary Dungeons and Dragons<br />

Online avatar, being magically protected<br />

by Fayden Maeleth, an Elf<br />

healer. Although the same species<br />

as Caylee, she lives in a different<br />

world, has different abilities, and is<br />

a secondary avatar rather than a<br />

primary actor. Across all 15 virtual<br />

worlds I have inhabited, I have had<br />

50 primary avatars and an equal<br />

number of secondaries, yet one<br />

thing is missing: persistence. Two of<br />

my favorite gameworlds have been<br />

shut down: The Matrix Online and<br />

Tabula Rasa. To become permanent,<br />

virtual worlds must become important.<br />

One way they might do this is<br />

to give the avatars enough autonomy<br />

that they can continue to function,<br />

even when their owners are<br />

offline, doing useful work that<br />

would justify the low cost of maintaining<br />

their subscriptions. Our avatars<br />

and agents will not only help<br />

us and expand our scope, but in the<br />

very near future they will also cooperate<br />

with each other, forming mutually<br />

supportive virtual teams.<br />

Over the hundreds of hours when<br />

Dak Krause operated Caylee, his<br />

World of Warcraft avatar, he made a<br />

vast number of decisions that expressed<br />

his own individual nature.<br />

All of his actions were temporarily<br />

stored in the gameworld’s computer<br />

server and could have been<br />

used as the raw material for an artificial<br />

intelligence program to learn<br />

how to play the game the way he<br />

did—quite achievable with today’s<br />

technology. If that had been done,<br />

Caylee could be playing a far more<br />

complex role—perhaps as a guard<br />

in Auberdine, the Elf seaside<br />

town—responding in the same<br />

ways that Krause would have to enemy<br />

attacks or requests for help<br />

from new players.<br />

As people gain more and more avatars,<br />

agents, and other technologybased<br />

expressions of themselves, the<br />

scope for action during their lives increases,<br />

and the possibility of life after<br />

death becomes progressively<br />

more real. Buckminster Fuller said,<br />

“I seem to be a verb.”<br />

I say, “I am a plural verb, in future<br />

tense.”<br />

❑<br />

About the Author<br />

William Sims Bainbridge is a sociologist<br />

currently managing the review of grant proposals<br />

in human-centered computing, and<br />

author of many books, including God from<br />

the Machine: Artificial Intelligence Models<br />

of Religious Cognition (AltaMira, 2006),<br />

The Warcraft Civilization: Social Science in<br />

a Virtual World (MIT Press, 2010), and<br />

Multiplayer Online Games (Morgan and<br />

Claypool, 2010).<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 39


continued from page 37<br />

ing to some researchers, the Internet<br />

and, in particular, mobile devices are<br />

enabling the strong community ties<br />

to be reinforced, often at the expense<br />

of the weak ties. At a time when<br />

technology is being lauded for encouraging<br />

diversity and facilitating<br />

cross-cultural communication, there<br />

is, consequently, a strong and growing<br />

countertrend: digital tribalism.<br />

Aside from strengthening ties to<br />

family and close friends, people are<br />

using the technology to find others<br />

with whom they share important affinities,<br />

ranging from genomes to beliefs<br />

to lifestyle choices. This digital<br />

form of tribalism is an unexpectedly<br />

strong trend, as observed by social<br />

critics such as Christine Rosen.<br />

Information—including product<br />

and service information—spreads<br />

electronically with speed and power.<br />

Effectively getting a positive message<br />

on a tribal network could well<br />

be tomorrow’s best marketing strategy.<br />

Although the tribal identity can<br />

be deep and solid, brand connections<br />

may not necessarily be so.<br />

Maintaining the connection will require<br />

constant monitoring of the<br />

electronic tribal village and quickness<br />

to reposition or reinforce when<br />

required.<br />

Bridal showers, for instance, can<br />

be attended by distant guests<br />

through Skype, and e-registries allow<br />

gift givers to view what others<br />

have bought. There is much room<br />

for innovation here, in terms of<br />

bringing people together who would<br />

not otherwise be in the same place<br />

for business meetings, financial<br />

planning, meal sharing, celebrations,<br />

and more. Associations might capitalize<br />

on online events for far-flung<br />

and numerous businesses, professionals,<br />

and friends and families of<br />

members. Employers might do the<br />

same for their employees’ personal<br />

networks, perhaps offering discounts,<br />

education, job postings, and<br />

new products to all “friends of<br />

friends.”<br />

Expat workers and members of<br />

the armed forces might be more easily<br />

enabled to stay in touch with<br />

their families if their employers organized<br />

better around online communications<br />

and communities. This<br />

“All this could lead to growing confusion about<br />

identity. We will go from ‘Who am I?’ to ‘Who,<br />

when, and where am I?’”<br />

would ease the burden on relocated<br />

personnel, improve morale, attract<br />

more people, increase productivity,<br />

and spin the sale of products and<br />

service to these populations. This<br />

could also be true for alumni networks<br />

and other diaspora groups.<br />

The Identity Industry<br />

Social scientists make the distinction<br />

between a found identity and a<br />

made identity. The found identity is<br />

one created by your circumstances—<br />

who your parents were, your ethnic<br />

background, your religion, your sex,<br />

where you went to school, your profession,<br />

and all the other external<br />

factors that people use to categorize<br />

and describe you. The made identity,<br />

on the other hand, is the one you create<br />

for yourself. It is how you wish<br />

to see yourself and how you want<br />

others to see you.<br />

In the past, people who wanted to<br />

escape what they saw as the trap of<br />

their found identity did such things<br />

as change their name or appearance.<br />

They moved somewhere else. Now,<br />

and increasingly in the future, technology<br />

will let you make and remake<br />

your identity at will—virtually.<br />

This extraordinary, even<br />

revolutionary, development will profoundly<br />

affect fundamental societal<br />

values such as trust and reliability.<br />

In addition to engaging directly<br />

online with other individuals, you<br />

can also interact with them through<br />

avatars, the images that represent<br />

you (or an idealized version of yourself)<br />

in virtual worlds. Each virtual<br />

world requires a separate avatar, so<br />

in effect you can be as many different<br />

people as there are virtual<br />

worlds. In the future, you will be<br />

able to create avatars that will literally<br />

take on lives of their own. They<br />

will, once created, be able to “think”<br />

on their own, without further input<br />

from you. They may be able to perform<br />

intensive research tasks for<br />

you, start and even manage online<br />

companies, maintain your social relationships<br />

by reading your Facebook<br />

updates and blog posts and analyzing<br />

them for significant news so<br />

you don’t have to.<br />

Increasingly, over time, distinctions<br />

between real and virtual identity<br />

will become less sharply defined,<br />

particularly for people who<br />

spend substantial amounts of time in<br />

the virtual world—or some enhanced<br />

combination of the real and<br />

the virtual. A company called Total<br />

Immersion combines 3-D and augmented<br />

reality technology on the Internet,<br />

inserting people and physical<br />

objects into live video feeds. According<br />

to the company’s Web site, “this<br />

digital processing mixes real and virtual<br />

worlds together, in real time.”<br />

All this could lead to growing confusion<br />

about identity. We will go<br />

from “Who am I?” to “Who, when,<br />

and where am I?” What in the twentieth<br />

century was seen as a problem<br />

that needed treatment—multiple<br />

personalities—will increasingly be<br />

seen in the twenty-first century as a<br />

coping mechanism, greatly affecting<br />

the evolving economy, as multiple<br />

personas split their expenditures in<br />

multiple ways.<br />

Companies that provide such services<br />

will be a great growth industry<br />

as we move further into the “Who<br />

are you, really?” era.<br />

❑<br />

About the Author<br />

Arnold Brown is the chairman<br />

of Weiner, Edrich,<br />

Brown, Inc., and the coauthor<br />

(with Edie Weiner) of<br />

FutureThink: How to Think<br />

Clearly in a Time of Change<br />

(Pearson Prentice Hall, 2006).<br />

E-mail arnold@weineredrichbrown.com.<br />

Web site www.weineredrichbrown.com.<br />

40 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


By Barton Kunstler<br />

The Singularity’s<br />

Impact on Business<br />

Leaders: A Scenario<br />

How will technologically enhanced individuals<br />

collaborate with “normal” employees?<br />

Artist’s concept of an “enhanced” worker.<br />

It would be unwise for business leaders<br />

to assume that they will have complete<br />

control over technologically enhanced<br />

individuals when the Singularity occurs,<br />

warns author Kunstler.<br />

ERIC HOOD / ISTOCKPHOTO<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 41


The “Human Singularity” refers<br />

to the radical fusion of the human<br />

body with technology to<br />

achieve levels of mental acuity and<br />

physical ability that eclipse anything<br />

humans have previously known.<br />

This would represent a singular<br />

event in human history: For the first<br />

time, people would be driven by<br />

laws other than those governing organic<br />

life. A broad front of converging<br />

core technologies may make individuals<br />

with such abilities<br />

commonplace by 2030 — if not<br />

sooner. Indeed, steps are already being<br />

taken to achieve this goal.<br />

One critical social function that<br />

will be affected by the Singularity is<br />

leadership, a chief defining factor of<br />

a society’s values, relations, and objectives.<br />

Leaders will bear much of<br />

the burden of social evolution when<br />

the “Enhanced Singular Individuals”<br />

(ESIs) of the Singularity Era enter the<br />

boss’s boss, and three people you’ve<br />

never seen before. Your boss keeps it<br />

short and sweet: “We’re giving you<br />

three new analysts. We want daily<br />

reports on their performance — not<br />

just the usual, but how they think.”<br />

“Okay,” you say, “but....” One of<br />

the unidentifiables steps forward<br />

and fills you in. When she’s done,<br />

your jaw drops.<br />

“Three new analysts” sounds<br />

harmless enough — maybe even a<br />

good thing. But here are their profiles:<br />

Sandra is a six-foot-tall woman<br />

with perfect musculature and an IQ<br />

somewhere in the 400s. Her wealthy,<br />

well-connected parents had access to<br />

the latest biotechnology. They<br />

wanted the best for their daughter<br />

— or perhaps they coveted “the<br />

best daughter that money can<br />

buy” — and had her bioengineered<br />

to their exact specifications. She is a<br />

genius in math and technical skills<br />

and an extreme sports enthusiast.<br />

Like a grandmaster in a high-school<br />

chess club, Sandra is amused by the<br />

intellectual problems that Norms<br />

grapple with. She intends to eventually<br />

become an influential player in<br />

international affairs.<br />

Whenever Kevin tackles a tough<br />

problem, nanobots in his bloodstream<br />

pump oxygen into his brain.<br />

Other nanobots monitor his body’s<br />

vitamin, mineral, and enzyme content,<br />

and produce whatever he needs<br />

for peak performance. Kevin glows<br />

with health and charisma, thanks to<br />

the nanocomputers he inhales once a<br />

year. The trillions of molecule-sized<br />

machines operate as parallel-processing<br />

computers that stimulate brain<br />

regions and meridian nerves, which<br />

operate sluggishly in most humans.<br />

This enhancement allows him to<br />

read other people’s emotional states<br />

and even translate their neuronal activity<br />

into readable thoughts. He has<br />

instant access to countless databases<br />

and can process dozens of complex<br />

variables almost instantaneously — a<br />

task that could keep a team of analysts<br />

busy for days.<br />

Darius is truly an experiment-inprogress.<br />

A web of carbon nanotubes<br />

has been threaded along his skin.<br />

These nanotubes have no specific<br />

function — they’re not geared toward<br />

increasing his intelligence or finegeneral<br />

population of “Norms”<br />

(those without technological enhancements).<br />

The leaders of every<br />

organization and group will be compelled<br />

to come to terms with the<br />

ESIs’ advanced capabilities and the<br />

tensions, ambitions, and alliances attendant<br />

upon them.<br />

A Mixed-Ability Workplace<br />

Scenario<br />

You are hard at work as director of<br />

SCOTT DOUGHERTY / LAWRENCE LIVERMORE NATIONAL LABORATORY<br />

Carbon nanotubes (illustrated above) are incredibly strong and resilient, compared with<br />

organic matter. Such breakthroughs in nanotechnology would increase human mental and<br />

physical capabilities in unprecedented ways.<br />

a regional desk at a government security<br />

agency when your boss calls:<br />

“Er, ah, come over to my office right<br />

away.” You hurry over, already<br />

frowning. Did one of your agents<br />

screw up? Did war break out along a<br />

border you were supposedly monitoring?<br />

When you arrive, you find the associate<br />

director there, along with<br />

some military brass, your boss, your<br />

42 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


The Singularity: A Glossary of Terms<br />

The Singularity: Originally used to describe black<br />

holes and the singular, distinctive laws of physics<br />

that apply within them and nowhere else, “Singularity”<br />

now may also refer to the radical fusion of the<br />

human body with technology to achieve levels of<br />

mental acuity and physical ability that eclipse anything<br />

humans have previously known.<br />

Enhanced Singular Individuals or ESIs: The author’s<br />

term for people enhanced by Singularity technology.<br />

Norms: The author’s term for unenhanced or “normal”<br />

people.<br />

Nanobots: Molecule- or atom-sized machines measured<br />

in billionths (nano-) of meters, currently a focus<br />

of the growing field of nanotechnology. Theoretically,<br />

a huge number of nanobots can be introduced<br />

into the human body and programmed to trigger a<br />

wide range of physical and psychological effects.<br />

Carbon nanotubes: Very strong cylindrical filaments<br />

of carbon a few nanometers wide, with many potential<br />

uses. Their integration with the human body, as<br />

suggested in the author’s scenario, is purely speculative<br />

but probably achievable. Even if not placed<br />

under the outer skin, nanotubes may one day be<br />

capable of interacting intimately with physiological<br />

processes.<br />

DARPA: Defense Advanced Research Projects<br />

Agency, a branch of the U.S. Department of Defense,<br />

created to pursue cutting-edge research. DARPA is<br />

already engaged in the development of Singularityoriented<br />

technology.<br />

Super-senses: Dramatically heightened vision, hearing,<br />

taste, smell, and touch. Advances have been<br />

made with corneal modifications that lead to exceptional<br />

night vision. Unlike with contact lenses or<br />

hearing aids, the goal of super-senses is not to see or<br />

hear at optimum human levels, but to go well beyond<br />

them.<br />

Rogue enhancer: A likely denizen of the Singularity<br />

era, who operates in a shadow economy or criminal<br />

underworld and uses genetics, nanotech, and other<br />

technologies for his or her own gain.<br />

— Barton Kunstler<br />

tuning his health, for instance. Instead,<br />

they emit varying frequencies<br />

that activate his entire physiology in<br />

unpredictable ways. Darius is thus<br />

subject to tremendous flashes of brilliance,<br />

with results that can barely be<br />

translated into coherent human<br />

terms. His incredible physicality<br />

combines with his freakish intellect<br />

to make him ideal as both an analyst<br />

and a covert agent. Over time, he expects<br />

to rise through the ranks of the<br />

intelligence system. At least that’s<br />

what he thought at first and what he<br />

still tells his handlers. However, as<br />

he figures out which frequencies<br />

trigger what states of consciousness<br />

(information that only he is totally<br />

privy to), he realizes that the potential<br />

power of his particular Singularity<br />

technology is far greater than his<br />

handlers suspect.<br />

Forces Driving an Enhanced<br />

Future<br />

The true Human Singularity will<br />

only occur with the advent of ESIs<br />

whose entire physical, psychological,<br />

emotional, social, and mental development<br />

is defined by technological<br />

enhancements permanently installed<br />

in their bodies.<br />

The Singularity will be shaped by<br />

a continuous stream of scientific advances<br />

— for instance, the interface<br />

between biological and synthetic systems,<br />

especially between humans<br />

and robotic devices. Advancements<br />

that have already been achieved to<br />

varying degrees include improved<br />

brain function, implants that offer<br />

“superhuman” sight or hearing,<br />

cloned mammals, species hybrids<br />

(created by grafting a trait from one<br />

species to a member of another), and<br />

translation of a person’s neuronal activity<br />

into his or her actual thoughts.<br />

The accelerating development of a<br />

few key technologies such as nanotechnology,<br />

bioengineering, supercomputing,<br />

materials development,<br />

and robotics is propelling the Singularity.<br />

Dark horse technologies that<br />

can contribute include wave dynamics,<br />

virtual reality, biofeedback, holography,<br />

and cultivation of “higher”<br />

levels of consciousness.<br />

Public pressure is also contributing<br />

to the Singularity’s development due<br />

to interest in improving the quality<br />

of human life, intelligence, and taskspecific<br />

performance. Many people<br />

also believe that humanity’s survival<br />

depends on its ability to transcend<br />

current human limitations and operate<br />

more effectively at a “metahuman”<br />

level in solving such prob-<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 43


What It Will Mean to Be “Human”<br />

It may be tempting to compare Enhanced Singular<br />

Individuals (ESIs) to comic book and movie<br />

superheroes, whose stories often contain keen social<br />

and psychological insights. ESIs, though, will not be<br />

superheroes, nor will they be robotic cyborgs or other<br />

popular stereotypes. They will be of many different<br />

types. Some ESIs will have one talent while others<br />

will possess abilities they can apply in different ways.<br />

No phone booths for them; their gifts will be integral<br />

to their everyday identities.<br />

ESIs will be subject to unfamiliar, unpredictable,<br />

and complex psychological and social forces. As their<br />

numbers grow, they will transform twenty-firstcentury<br />

society and its notions of excellence,<br />

achievement, and leadership. In short, the Singularity<br />

will change what it means to be not only human but<br />

also a leader among humans.<br />

ESIs will possess a range of abilities (in varying<br />

combinations) that can be grouped under three broad<br />

categories: mental, perceptual, and physiological.<br />

Mental<br />

• Extraordinary intelligence, memory, and learning<br />

capacity.<br />

• Ability to read others’ thoughts.<br />

• Remote control over technology via mind energy or<br />

“thought waves.”<br />

• Mind enters digital networks as an active agent.<br />

• Mind-to-mind interfaces, mind sharing, and group<br />

minds.<br />

• Exploration of “higher” states of consciousness and<br />

“psychic” powers.<br />

• Ability to interfere or intervene with others’ neural<br />

processes and to control one’s own.<br />

• New areas of learning and exploration — hidden<br />

worlds revealed.<br />

• Ability to generate mental models of higher orders<br />

of complexity.<br />

Perceptual<br />

• Hyper-enhanced “super senses.”<br />

• Extrasensory “sixth, seventh, and eighth senses”<br />

such as sensitivity to electromagnetic fields, ability<br />

to perceive imprints of past events in one’s<br />

environment, and remote sensing.<br />

• Sharing the sensory experiences of others in real<br />

time.<br />

• Extreme proprioception (sensory awareness of<br />

internal bodily activities), resulting in ability to<br />

control and improve physical and mental<br />

operations.<br />

Physiological<br />

• Every bodily system more efficient and powerful;<br />

advances in longevity.<br />

• New levels of mind/body integration.<br />

• Increased speed, strength, agility, balance, flexibility,<br />

coordination, and elasticity.<br />

• Robotic implants of organs, bones, muscles,<br />

ligaments, etc.<br />

• Cross-species genetic implants for strength and new<br />

mental perspectives.<br />

• New limbs: artificial, regrown, genetically<br />

engineered, nano- enhanced.<br />

• Increased speed at which signals travel along and<br />

between nerve cells.<br />

• Greater ability to withstand cold, pain, and extreme<br />

deprivations.<br />

• Regulation of key bodily functions: chemical,<br />

temperature, heart rate, immune system.<br />

— Barton Kunstler<br />

social-enhancement mechanism.<br />

Communities demonstrate their values,<br />

their assumptions about human<br />

nature, their aspirations, and even<br />

their relationship to the environment<br />

by the way they assign, assert, and<br />

acquiesce to leadership.<br />

The Singularity will disrupt leadership’s<br />

traditional patterns by alterlems<br />

as war, pollution, climate<br />

change, poverty, and injustice.<br />

Management and Leadership<br />

In the Singularity Era<br />

Leadership emerged within mammal<br />

and early human bands because<br />

it was an efficient survival and<br />

ing human traits that have shaped<br />

leadership for millennia. Reimagining<br />

leadership for the Singularity era<br />

should begin now, while the technology<br />

is still in its early stages, because<br />

we will face immense social and environmental<br />

change in the coming<br />

years, and the old ways of leadership<br />

will no longer suffice.<br />

44 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


A Quick Guide to the Singularity<br />

The Singularity — What Is It?<br />

The Singularity “is a future period during which<br />

the pace of technological change will be so fast and<br />

far-reaching that human existence on this planet will<br />

be irreversibly altered. People will combine our brain<br />

power — the knowledge, skills, and personality<br />

quirks that make us human — with our computer<br />

power in order to think, reason, communicate, and<br />

create in ways we can scarcely even contemplate today,”<br />

according to Ray Kurzweil, writing in the<br />

March-April 2006 issue of THE FUTURIST. In his<br />

various novels, Hugo Award winning science -fiction<br />

writer Vernor Vinge has portrayed the Singularity as<br />

a sudden explosion in human intelligence.<br />

The Technologies Behind the<br />

Singularity<br />

1. Genetics. Our ability to manipulate the human<br />

genome will allow us to turn the expression of certain<br />

genetic traits on or off, resulting in longer life<br />

spans and fewer instances of congenital illness, according<br />

to biotech researchers such as Gregory Stock<br />

and Ian Wilmut. Some future watchers believe we<br />

may use genetic science to improve our brains and<br />

greatly enhance our physical performance as well.<br />

Aubrey de Grey, author of Ending Aging (St. Martin’s,<br />

2007), has stated that genetic science could expand<br />

the human life span well beyond 150 years.<br />

2. Nanotechnology. This refers to the manipulation<br />

of objects less than one-billionth of a meter in<br />

size, literally designing medicines and other products<br />

on the molecular level. Nanotechnology is confined<br />

mostly to materials science, but some doctors<br />

are finding medical applications. A research team<br />

from the University of Texas was able to send gold<br />

nanoparticles directly into tumors (in mice) and then<br />

irradiate the particles, releasing heat. This improved<br />

the mice’s response to radiation therapy. Robert Freitas,<br />

author of the Nanomedicine series, has stated that<br />

future nano-robotic therapies could make us stronger,<br />

smarter, and healthier than we are today by several<br />

orders of magnitude.<br />

3. Artificial intelligence. Computer intelligence<br />

will surpass all biological (regular human) intelligence<br />

by the year 2030, according to Kurzweil.<br />

Long before then, people will incorporate computers<br />

into their biological functioning and thinking<br />

through cybernetic implants and nano devices.<br />

— Patrick Tucker<br />

The Singularity world will be characterized<br />

by a global, networked,<br />

technocratic civilization with a population<br />

of 8 to 12 billion people.<br />

Nation-states will be weakened in<br />

favor of regional alignments, global<br />

organizations, and large, powerful<br />

networks devoted to specific causes<br />

or interests. ESIs will be living sideby-side<br />

with Norms. Leaders’ tasks<br />

will be to maximize ESI potential, resolve<br />

conflicts among ESIs as well as<br />

between ESIs and Norms, establish<br />

new leadership approaches for<br />

unique situations arising from ESI–<br />

Norm disparities, and establish a new<br />

basis for social cohesion. ESIs who<br />

become leaders will likely be confident,<br />

literally “plugged-in” technologically,<br />

and either completely or erratically<br />

rational.<br />

ESIs may rely too heavily on their<br />

enhanced abilities when making decisions<br />

without understanding their<br />

own unenhanced traits. The disparities<br />

between their Singularity level<br />

and “normal” abilities may cause<br />

some ESIs to experience intense anxiety.<br />

Many ESI leaders may prove unreliable<br />

and only able to process narrow<br />

decision paths. Relationships<br />

based on awe at outsized talents may<br />

be marked by intimidation or uneasy<br />

emotional ties, and successful ESI<br />

leaders will, at least at first, produce<br />

a sense of awe. Norm leaders in this<br />

era may be suspicious, angry, and<br />

confused. The most successful Norm<br />

leaders, however, will cultivate their<br />

own gifts and leverage them for tactical<br />

advantage (for instance, “If you<br />

can’t out-calculate them, you must<br />

out-intuit or out-feel them”).<br />

Many ESIs and Norms will be<br />

newly disenfranchised to some extent.<br />

The question is, will they work<br />

toward common causes and goals or<br />

compete with one another? Smart<br />

leaders on both sides of the enhanced<br />

divide will encourage collaborative<br />

initiatives. There will be a growing<br />

demand for consultants and trainers<br />

who can assist bewildered leaders in<br />

understanding such issues as “What<br />

do Norms really want?” and “Running<br />

a Family Business with Your<br />

ESI Sibling.”<br />

The Post-Singularity<br />

Workforce Scenario<br />

Continues<br />

As you reflect on your three new<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 45


staff members, you realize that everyone<br />

must now discard the baseline<br />

assumption that we will always<br />

exert control or leadership over technology.<br />

In this case, “technology” refers<br />

to a whole other type of human.<br />

For the first time in human history,<br />

the locus of leadership has shifted<br />

from the strictly human to beings<br />

with greater mental capacity than<br />

our own. Deeply engrained assumptions<br />

about power and leadership<br />

will begin to disappear because a<br />

cultural concept loses strength as its<br />

experiential underpinnings erode.<br />

Entirely new types of interpersonal<br />

and group dynamics will arise that<br />

transform the requirements and per-<br />

ception of leadership.<br />

At the same time, you figure that<br />

many traditional leadership paradigms<br />

will still be applicable and directly<br />

relevant for several reasons.<br />

Radical social change does not<br />

equate to overturning the most fundamental<br />

psychological and organizational<br />

responses to personal and<br />

group relations. The new ESIs may<br />

be extraordinary people, but they are<br />

people nonetheless. Just like everyone<br />

else, they should respond to<br />

your fair distribution of assignments<br />

and rewards, and to the open and<br />

personable nature that has served<br />

you so well in political situations.<br />

Someone has to have the skills to<br />

bring coherence to complex societies,<br />

and so forth. Still, those abilities may<br />

not produce the expected results<br />

with these new ESIs. The methods<br />

and tools of leadership must undergo<br />

serious renovation.<br />

As the first weeks pass, you notice<br />

a new dynamic in your department.<br />

Your staff of 35 Norms has sensed<br />

something different about the three<br />

new colleagues, although you are not<br />

allowed to even hint to your staff the<br />

truth about their new co-workers.<br />

This is your first leadership task<br />

pertaining to the Norm–ESI situation:<br />

Identify the cause and nature of the<br />

concerns slowly building up in the<br />

office. The strong relationships<br />

ALPERIUM / ISTOCKPHOTO<br />

What form will leadership take in the Singularity<br />

era? And what will Enhanced Singular Individuals<br />

be capable of accomplishing?<br />

46 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


certainly justifies a successful career.<br />

But one of your analysts pushes a bit<br />

more. “Look,” she argues, “if there<br />

are more where they came from, the<br />

rest of us are going to face increasingly<br />

limited options.” You say<br />

something encouraging, but you<br />

both know — and soon the whole office<br />

knows — that there is no easy<br />

resolution to such concerns.<br />

Another six months passes, and<br />

you’ve adapted your leadership style<br />

to address these tensions. You can no<br />

longer be the wiser, more experienced<br />

natural leader that you’ve<br />

been to the rest of your staff because<br />

the ESIs derive their own — possibly<br />

superior — understanding via their<br />

own mysterious ways. The ESIs do,<br />

however, need help navigating a<br />

professional world from which<br />

they’ve been sheltered for most of<br />

their lives, so you adopt a more<br />

avuncular role that gradually makes<br />

you more attuned to the personal<br />

concerns of the rest of your staff. You<br />

were always good at the political,<br />

team-building aspects of the job, but<br />

now that you’ve had to shift the<br />

value that you provide as a leader to<br />

accommodate the ESIs, you find the<br />

whole office appreciates the more relational<br />

“you.”<br />

The atmosphere not only thaws<br />

from the earlier tension but becomes<br />

looser. People discuss their work<br />

more animatedly with one another,<br />

meetings are more challenging, and<br />

everyone seems to enjoy the giveand-take.<br />

Once, during a meeting,<br />

Darius said, “It’s not all about what<br />

we know or how fast we process. We<br />

are not computers, after all; we’re<br />

people, and insight is qualitative.”<br />

Likewise, Sandy conceded, “There<br />

is a richness within each person’s perspective<br />

that I hadn’t expected. Their<br />

experience and emotional lives, the<br />

way they solve problems — even if<br />

they can be frustratingly slow — often<br />

provides us with fascinating material.”<br />

It is not lost on you that the three<br />

ESIs on your team are unselfconsciously<br />

condescending toward the<br />

Norms, like Cro-Magnons who are<br />

really delighted to find that Neanderthals<br />

also can think. The ESIs naturally<br />

assume that they are superior<br />

to the Norms — an assumption that<br />

the Norms do not share. Nonetheyou’ve<br />

established enable you to do<br />

some casual intelligence gathering<br />

among your people, from which you<br />

discover that the staff is confused<br />

and daunted by the ESIs and the<br />

thorough and unerring analyses that<br />

emerge so rapidly and with so little<br />

prior experience.<br />

You decide to talk things over with<br />

the ESIs themselves — at least they<br />

know they’re different. But the conversations<br />

don’t lead to much. All<br />

three say they are perfectly happy<br />

before you even have a chance to<br />

ask.<br />

So what makes these three ESIs<br />

tick? How do you motivate them?<br />

Do they even need motivation? And<br />

motivate them for what? What’s<br />

your job anyway? To make sure they<br />

don’t shine too bright and upset the<br />

political and personal balance in the<br />

department? To motivate them to operate<br />

at their maximum level of performance,<br />

if you can even figure out<br />

what that is? And how do you manage<br />

the threat that the ESIs’ superior<br />

skills pose to Norms’ careers — including<br />

your own? You realize that<br />

throughout society there’ll be a need<br />

to reduce ESI–Norm tensions that<br />

will arise with the inevitable shifts in<br />

status and wealth as members of the<br />

two groups compete.<br />

You have other questions that<br />

make you think the whole thing may<br />

end up driving you crazy. Are these<br />

guys patented? Do they need to be<br />

maintained or upgraded? How long<br />

before they become obsolete? Then<br />

what happens to them? If you have<br />

to fire one of them, where do they<br />

go?<br />

Over the next six months, your unease<br />

intensifies. Several of the Norms<br />

in the office have become friendly<br />

with the three ESIs, occasioning tensions<br />

between those Norms and<br />

other staff. And even though you<br />

have not let anything slip about the<br />

ESIs’ identities, your people are<br />

savvy and they’ve surmised the general<br />

truth. A few have approached<br />

you and asked outright if their prospects<br />

for advancement have diminished<br />

as a result of the extraordinary<br />

performance of the three new hires.<br />

You tell them, truthfully, that they<br />

are not in direct competition, that<br />

there are many tracks for advancement,<br />

and that their own expertise<br />

less, the Norms do find themselves<br />

unconsciously deferring to the ESIs.<br />

You realize that each step forward<br />

generates more complexity, more dilemmas,<br />

new tensions. You wonder<br />

what the limits are to your ability to<br />

adjust. You also wonder what is going<br />

on in the minds of the three ESIs,<br />

and what will happen when more<br />

ESIs come into your office or replace<br />

Norm staff, and how much longer<br />

the details of the ESIs’ enhancements<br />

can be kept secret from their coworkers.<br />

In the year since Sandra, Kevin,<br />

and Darius arrived, you’ve heard<br />

from others suddenly confronted<br />

with managing, working for or with,<br />

or interacting with ESIs. You realize<br />

that the increasing irrelevance of<br />

Norm staff in the face of highperforming<br />

ESIs affects every level<br />

of society. Your staff is already trying<br />

to cope with what they perceive as<br />

their own growing obsolescence, and<br />

you’re even having doubts about<br />

your own relevance. ESIs could easily<br />

become a separate class and<br />

quickly rise to leadership positions;<br />

they will also likely develop new<br />

skills as their self-awareness and experience<br />

increase. New ESI agendas<br />

will emerge beyond the scope of the<br />

scientists, handlers, and managers<br />

who create and guide them, further<br />

undermining traditional hierarchies<br />

and managerial norms. Rogue enhancers<br />

will also create new types of<br />

ESIs, for better or worse; certainly a<br />

criminal underworld specializing in<br />

Singularity technology will arise.<br />

As a leader, you recognize these<br />

emerging challenges to your own<br />

abilities. Perhaps the time will come<br />

when you are no longer deemed adequate.<br />

Then you’ll either retire or<br />

perhaps ask to be enhanced. ❑<br />

About the Author<br />

Barton Kunstler is an<br />

account executive for IST<br />

Energy and the educational<br />

director of Chess Corps in<br />

Brookline, Massachusetts,<br />

which applies brain-based<br />

learning methods to teaching<br />

and coaching chess. He is the author of<br />

The Hothouse Effect (AMACOM, 2003) and<br />

writes for The Huffington Post. E-mail<br />

barleeku@comcast.net.<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 47


Why Farmers Need<br />

a Pay Raise<br />

Global commercial trends threaten farmers’ livelihoods—<br />

and the global food supply along with them, argues an<br />

agricultural policy watcher. The consequences for human<br />

beings everywhere could be dire.<br />

MILANLJ / DREAMSTIME<br />

By Julian Cribb<br />

Above: A corn field<br />

withers in a summer<br />

drought. Many of the<br />

world’s farms are suffering<br />

from depleted water<br />

supplies and degraded<br />

ecosystems, according<br />

to Cribb. Innovative<br />

water-management<br />

and land-management<br />

practices could help, he<br />

adds, but farmers will<br />

need much more funding<br />

to implement them.<br />

The world’s farmers<br />

need a pay raise, or<br />

else, come mid-century,<br />

the other 8 billion<br />

of us may not<br />

have enough to eat.<br />

As the Earth Policy<br />

Institute notes, the<br />

w o r l d p ro d u c e d<br />

more grain than it<br />

consumed throughout<br />

the 1970s, 1980s,<br />

and 1990s. Today, those surpluses<br />

are gone. While the world harvested<br />

20.4 million tons of grain between<br />

2001 and 2010, it consumed 20.5 million<br />

tons. This gap may sound small,<br />

but it will surely widen later this<br />

century as the world population and<br />

food demands continue to rise.<br />

At its “How to Feed the World”<br />

meeting in October 2009, the UN<br />

Food and Agriculture Organization<br />

stated that world food production<br />

would have to increase 70% by 2050<br />

to adequately feed the growing<br />

world population. This would require<br />

an investment of $83 billion a<br />

year in the developing world alone.<br />

However, it also noted, “Farmers<br />

and prospective farmers will invest<br />

in agriculture only if their investments<br />

are profitable.”<br />

Unfortunately, farming in the last<br />

few decades has not been particularly<br />

profitable. The real prices of<br />

rice, wheat, soybeans, and maize fell<br />

by an average of 2%–3% per year between<br />

1975 and 2008, according to<br />

University of Minnesota economists<br />

Julian Alston, Jason Beddow, and<br />

Philip Pardey.<br />

Cheap food is a boon for consumers,<br />

but not for farmers and not for<br />

the planet. Among the effects are<br />

disincentives for farmers to grow<br />

more food, leading to reduced agricultural<br />

productivity gains, a disincentive<br />

to young people to work in<br />

agriculture, huge wastage, and<br />

spreading ill-health in society. Cheap<br />

food prices also reduce national and<br />

international investment in agriculture,<br />

as investors consider farming<br />

less profitable than other opportunities.<br />

Because of the disincentives to<br />

investment, farmers cannot adopt<br />

more sustainable and productive<br />

farming techniques so readily.<br />

The dramatic increases in world<br />

crop prices in 2008 and 2010 have<br />

not made farming more profitable.<br />

The reason is a growing imbalance<br />

in market power between farmers<br />

and the businesses that dominate the<br />

food supply and input chains.<br />

48 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


HARSHMUNJAL / DREAMSTIME<br />

They earn lower profits when commodity<br />

prices are higher.<br />

Farmers are thus trapped between<br />

muscular globalized food firms that<br />

drive down the prices of their produce<br />

and muscular industrial firms<br />

that drive up the cost of their inputs.<br />

The economic message now reaching<br />

most of the world’s farmers from the<br />

market is “Don’t grow more food.”<br />

As a result, world food output is increasing<br />

too slowly to meet rising<br />

demand, overall farm productivity<br />

gains are sliding, and yield gains for<br />

major crops are stagnating.<br />

A visibly worried farmer scans his crop field in India. Insufficient government support,<br />

decreasing profit margins, and fewer young people taking up farming is making life more<br />

difficult for the world’s farmers, according to Cribb.<br />

Two decades ago, most consumers<br />

bought their farm produce from local<br />

farmers in local markets. In the<br />

twenty-first century, market power<br />

is increasingly concentrated in a very<br />

small number of food corporations<br />

and supermarkets sourcing food<br />

worldwide. The food corporations<br />

minimize their input costs by paying<br />

farmers less for farm commodities.<br />

The power of the farmer to resist<br />

downward price pressure has weakened,<br />

as farmers in rich and poor<br />

countries alike now compete intensely<br />

with each other to sell at the<br />

lowest possible prices.<br />

KOMELAU / DREAMSTIME<br />

Villagers in Krisrooa,<br />

Kenya, wait in line to<br />

draw small rations of<br />

food from a local food<br />

station. While hunger<br />

is already a reality in<br />

much of the developing<br />

world, Cribb<br />

warns that it will grow<br />

much worse unless<br />

countries channel<br />

more funds into<br />

developing their<br />

agricultural sectors<br />

and ensure a steady<br />

global food supply.<br />

At the same time, the manufacturers<br />

of fuel, machinery, fertilizer,<br />

chemicals, seeds, and other farmers’<br />

necessities have grown much larger,<br />

more globalized, and more powerful.<br />

This makes it easier for them to<br />

raise the cost of their products.<br />

When farm commodity prices rise,<br />

the industrial firms increase the<br />

prices of their wares, often by far<br />

more. In 2008, when grain prices<br />

rose 80%, fertilizer prices went up<br />

160% in some cases, while oil<br />

reached to $160 a barrel with proportionate<br />

increases in farm fuel costs.<br />

Many farmers have noted the irony:<br />

Global Resource Degradation and<br />

Productivity Decline<br />

In a recent satellite survey, FAO researchers<br />

reported that 24% of the<br />

Earth’s land surface was seriously<br />

degraded, compared with 15% estimated<br />

by an on-ground survey in<br />

1990. The FAO team noted that degradation<br />

was proceeding at a rate of<br />

around 1% a year. This degradation<br />

is caused primarily by the low profitability<br />

of agriculture, which drives<br />

many farmers (especially in poorer<br />

regions) to overuse their land. If we<br />

continue to sacrifice 1% of the<br />

world’s productive land every year,<br />

there is going to be precious little left<br />

on which to double food production<br />

by 2060.<br />

Much the same applies to irrigation:<br />

“In order to double food production<br />

we need to double the water<br />

volume we use in agriculture, and<br />

there are serious doubts about<br />

whether there is enough water available<br />

to do this,” Colin Chartres, director<br />

general of the International<br />

Water Management Institute, told<br />

the 2010 World Congress of Soil<br />

Science in Brisbane, Australia.<br />

<strong>Solutions</strong> to land and water degradation<br />

are fairly well known and<br />

have been shown to work. Unfortunately,<br />

most farmers cannot afford to<br />

implement them, even though many<br />

would like to do so.<br />

As a result, world agriculture is today<br />

primarily a mining activity. We<br />

all know what happens to mines<br />

when the ore runs out.<br />

University of Minnesota economists<br />

Alston, Beddow, and Pardey<br />

attribute much of the productivity<br />

decline to falling investment world-<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 49


wide in agricultural science, technology,<br />

and extension of new knowledge<br />

to farmers. In the United States,<br />

public expenditures on agricultural<br />

R&D grew 3.6% a year from 1950 to<br />

1970, but only 1.7% a year from 1970<br />

to 2007.<br />

“A continuation of the recent<br />

trends in funding, policy, and markets<br />

is likely to have significant effects<br />

on the long-term productivity<br />

path for food staples in developed<br />

and developing countries alike,”<br />

they write.<br />

The role of low returns in discouraging<br />

farmers, in both developed<br />

and developing countries, from<br />

adopting more productive and sustainable<br />

farming systems cannot be<br />

ignored. While a few highly efficient<br />

and profitable producers continue to<br />

make advances, the bulk of the<br />

world’s farmers are being left behind.<br />

Since small farmers feed more<br />

than half the world, this is a matter<br />

of some concern.<br />

Cuts in support for farm research<br />

have been inflicted in most developed<br />

countries and even in places<br />

such as China, where the level of agricultural<br />

R&D support is falling as a<br />

proportion of the total science investment.<br />

With agricultural R&D<br />

comprising a mere 1.8 cents of the<br />

developed world’s science dollar in<br />

2000, you can get a very clear idea<br />

how unimportant most governments<br />

now consider food production to be.<br />

Solving the Food Challenge<br />

Although most experts agree that<br />

we should be seeking ways to double<br />

food output sustainably over the<br />

coming half century, the ruling economic<br />

signal is: “Don’t do it.” We<br />

could obey the economic signal and<br />

allow agricultural output to gradually<br />

fall behind—but that will expose<br />

8 billion consumers to massive unprecedented<br />

price spikes, imperil the<br />

poor, and maybe start wars and topple<br />

governments. It will not benefit<br />

farmers nearly as much as would<br />

stable, steady increases in their incomes,<br />

which would provide incentives<br />

for investment and innovation.<br />

Policy makers need to move much<br />

faster and farther toward totally free<br />

trade in agricultural products, thus<br />

encouraging efficient producers<br />

Food Becomes Scarcer and Costlier<br />

Ominous warning signs lie<br />

within the most recent data on<br />

global food production. Farming<br />

sectors everywhere are contracting.<br />

Agricultural employment in<br />

the European Union fell 25% between<br />

2000 and 2009, according to<br />

the European Commission. In all,<br />

according to the International Labor<br />

Organization, worldwide agriculture<br />

shed more than 550,000<br />

jobs between 2001 and 2007, a<br />

4.7% decline.<br />

Should these trends continue,<br />

all of the basic resources for food<br />

production will likely become<br />

much scarcer. Global food supplies<br />

will tend to tighten over<br />

time, making the world more vulnerable<br />

to sudden unanticipated<br />

shortages and price spikes whenever<br />

seasonal conditions in key<br />

farming regions are unfavorable.<br />

Food prices soared to record<br />

highs in 2008, according to the<br />

UN Food and Agriculture Organization<br />

(FAO). The agency warns<br />

that we may witness many more,<br />

around the world. But we also need<br />

to be aware of the universal dangers<br />

of undervaluing agriculture as we<br />

approach the greatest demand for<br />

food in all of history. Here are a few<br />

ways to address the issue:<br />

• Consumers, supermarkets, and<br />

food processors could agree to pay<br />

more for food so as to protect the resource<br />

base and enable farmers to invest<br />

in new technologies.<br />

• Governments could pay farmers<br />

a social wage for exercising proper<br />

stewardship of soil, water, atmosphere,<br />

and biodiversity, separate<br />

from their commercial food production.<br />

• Regulations could limit the practices<br />

or technologies that degrade<br />

the food resource base and reward<br />

those that improve it.<br />

• A resource tax could be imposed<br />

on all food to reflect its true cost to<br />

the environment to produce; proceeds<br />

could be reinvested into researching<br />

and implementing more<br />

sustainable farming systems.<br />

and more extreme, price spikes if<br />

we continue to ignore the plight<br />

of agriculture. The FAO’s November<br />

2010 Food Outlook report<br />

notes that, since 2008, harvests of<br />

cereal, wheat, and coarse grain<br />

have declined by several percentage<br />

points each. Further, due to<br />

stagnant production, food prices<br />

will likely rise to record-high levels<br />

this year, and unless production<br />

expands substantially, high<br />

demands will lead to critical food<br />

shortages in many parts of the<br />

world.<br />

“With the pressure on world<br />

prices of most commodities not<br />

abating, the international community<br />

must remain vigilant against<br />

further supply shocks in 2011 and<br />

be prepared,” the report states.<br />

Sources: Eurostat, http://epp.eurostat.ec<br />

.europa.eu.<br />

International Labor Organization,<br />

www.ilo.org.<br />

Food and Agriculture Organization,<br />

www.fao.org.<br />

• Markets could be established for<br />

key farm resources that offer farmers<br />

higher returns for wise and sustainable<br />

farming practices.<br />

• Public education programs<br />

could be launched to demonstrate<br />

how to eat more sustainably, and industry<br />

education programs could<br />

showcase sustainability standards<br />

and techniques.<br />

If we all want to eat securely in<br />

the future, it is imperative that a<br />

more serious debate take place about<br />

how to deliver fairer incomes to<br />

farmers worldwide, countering the<br />

unintended effects of overwhelming<br />

market forces against farmers. ❑<br />

J. CARL GANTER<br />

About the Author<br />

Julian Cribb is an author,<br />

journalist, editor, and science<br />

communicator, and principal<br />

of Julian Cribb & Associates<br />

consultancy in Nicholls, ACT,<br />

Australia. His latest book is The Coming<br />

Famine. E-mail Julian.Cribb@work.netspeed<br />

.com.au.<br />

50 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


The World Is<br />

My School:<br />

Welcome to the Era of<br />

Personalized Learning<br />

By Maria H. Andersen<br />

Future learning will become<br />

both more social and more<br />

personal, says an educational<br />

technology expert.<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 51


ILLUSTRATIONS: SCOTT SPENCER, DIANE LABOMBARBE, MARTIN MALCHEN / ISTOCKPHOTO<br />

Humans have always been<br />

learning, but how we learn<br />

has changed over time. The<br />

earliest means of education<br />

were highly personal: Oral histories<br />

passed from adults to children, informal<br />

or formal apprenticeships, and<br />

one-on-one tutoring have all been<br />

used in the early history of most cultures.<br />

It’s only been in the last two<br />

centuries that we’ve used formalized<br />

systems of mass public education<br />

(aka industrialized education).<br />

Certainly, personalized learning is<br />

the more effective method. In 1984,<br />

educational researcher Benjamin<br />

Bloom found that average students<br />

who were tutored one-on-one outperformed<br />

98% of students who<br />

were learning via conventional<br />

methods (this is referred to as<br />

Bloom’s two-sigma problem). However,<br />

personal learning is not cost-effective,<br />

and so we currently educate<br />

students in batches of 20, 30, or even<br />

200 students at a time. This is likely<br />

to get worse before it gets better,<br />

with prominent philanthropists like<br />

Bill Gates declaring that “the best<br />

lectures in the world” will be online<br />

within the next five years. Certainly<br />

we can use technology to deliver<br />

those lectures to thousands, or even<br />

millions, of students at a time, but a<br />

lecture does not automatically produce<br />

learning any more than attending<br />

a class does.<br />

Mass education is adequate, as<br />

long as students are highly motivated<br />

to learn and get ahead of their<br />

peers. In developing countries, a student<br />

who is successful in education<br />

will be able to climb the ladder of<br />

personal economic prosperity faster<br />

than those who are not successful.<br />

But in industrialized countries,<br />

where prosperity is the norm, an education<br />

does not necessarily translate<br />

into a significantly higher standard<br />

of living. In these countries,<br />

there is no longer a large economic<br />

incentive to learn, so the motivation<br />

to learn must become intrinsic. As<br />

we re design en masse education, we<br />

must address learners’ intrinsic motivations,<br />

which means that education<br />

must circle back to being personal<br />

again.<br />

The vision of a modern education<br />

built around personalized learning is<br />

not new, but it is definitely tantaliz-<br />

cently that affect how we spend our<br />

free time. Facebook, now with 500<br />

million users, has disrupted normal<br />

social interactions in a little over six<br />

years. Micro-blogging exploded<br />

when a Web site simply invited us to<br />

answer the question: What’s on your<br />

mind? Twitter users now send more<br />

than 50 million tweets per day, and<br />

big news stories break first on Twitter—in<br />

real time and with eye witness<br />

accounts. As big as Twitter is, there<br />

were more people playing Farmville<br />

(a social media game on Facebook)<br />

at its peak than there were active<br />

Twitter users—a fact that has not<br />

gone unnoticed by game designers<br />

and educators. These Farmville players<br />

are choosing to spend their free<br />

time for collaborative activities (their<br />

“cognitive surplus,” as media scholar<br />

Clay Shirky puts it) plowing virtual<br />

soil and planting virtual crops.<br />

These innovative social disruptions<br />

have happened quickly, but not<br />

from within the existing organizational<br />

structures. For example, Facebook<br />

did not disrupt phone communication<br />

by changing the nature of<br />

phone calls or phones. Facebook<br />

built an entirely new system that<br />

eventually circled back around to<br />

phones by the way of phone apps. In<br />

the same way, the trick to developing<br />

a personal learning system is to<br />

abandon thinking about how to<br />

build it from within the existing eduing.<br />

Neal Stephenson’s novel The Diamond<br />

Age (Spectra, 1995) shares a<br />

vision of personalized learning in<br />

the future via an interactive book<br />

that possesses a conversational interface<br />

(CI) and “pseudo-intelligence,”<br />

a kind of artificial intelligence (AI)<br />

that is inferior to human intelligence.<br />

It’s likely that we’ll see decent conversational<br />

interfaces within the next<br />

decade, and certainly applications<br />

like Google Voice are moving us<br />

much closer to this reality. AI that is<br />

capable of directing the learning<br />

needs of a human will take much<br />

longer, developing in the next 20–50<br />

years, but we can’t wait that long for<br />

the technology to catch up with education.<br />

The need for personalized<br />

learning exists in the here and now.<br />

So how does one bridge this vision<br />

of the future with the realities of the<br />

present?<br />

Learning Technologies Today<br />

Let’s start by taking stock of the<br />

personalized technologies for information<br />

that we already have. We<br />

have software that stores the content<br />

we like (e.g., Evernote, Posterous)<br />

and software that merely stores the<br />

location of that content (e.g., Diigo<br />

or Delicious). Even traditional media,<br />

like books, now have parallel digital<br />

systems that allow for note taking,<br />

highlighting, and bookmarking (e.g.,<br />

Kindle, Nook, or iPad). While it’s<br />

useful to store and search information,<br />

I would venture that we rarely<br />

go back to look at the information<br />

we mark for storage.<br />

This is a problem; for deep learning<br />

to occur, we need to have repeated<br />

exposure to the information,<br />

along with some time in between for<br />

reflection. We need to give our brains<br />

a repeated opportunity to process<br />

the information we take in so that it<br />

becomes knowledge, understanding,<br />

and wisdom. This means we’re going<br />

to have to find time in our busy<br />

lives to reflect on the information<br />

that flows past us on a daily basis,<br />

and we’re going to need some kind<br />

of technology that keeps us on track<br />

with our learning goals.<br />

While it seems outrageous that we<br />

could find any more time in our<br />

busy lives, consider some of the disruptive<br />

changes we’ve seen quite re-<br />

“For deep learning to<br />

occur, we need repeated<br />

exposure to information<br />

plus time for reflection.”<br />

52 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


cational system and to begin pondering<br />

how such a system could be developed<br />

outside of education.<br />

Educational institutions form a vast<br />

interconnected network, and while<br />

small changes can occur within the<br />

system, individual parts only have<br />

the ability to flex within their existing<br />

boundaries. For a personalized<br />

learning system to take hold inside<br />

education, it will have to be built on<br />

the outside.<br />

A Simple Idea: Learn This<br />

Let me propose a realistic scenario<br />

of what a true personalized learning<br />

system might look like and how it<br />

would function. We first have to create<br />

(1) a new layer of learning media<br />

in the background of the existing Internet<br />

and (2) an ecosystem of software<br />

to easily manage the learning<br />

media we engage with. In the same<br />

way we’ve integrated buttons like<br />

Twitter ’s “Tweet this” and Facebook’s<br />

“Like” at the end of videos,<br />

articles, and other media, imagine<br />

we now add a button for “Learn<br />

This.” Clicking this button (anywhere<br />

you find it) would bring you<br />

into an interface to help you learn<br />

the content.<br />

We don’t need a humanlike artificial<br />

intelligence to begin this journey.<br />

The technology for such a journey already<br />

exists and is simple enough to<br />

use with traditional learning methods.<br />

In the first version, learning<br />

should simply be by way of Socratic<br />

questioning, where questions are<br />

used to analyze concepts, to prod at<br />

the depth of knowledge, and to focus<br />

on principles, issues, or problems.<br />

Socratic questions are elegant because,<br />

unlike with other formats (e.g.,<br />

multiple choice), learners must selfgenerate<br />

the answers rather than rely<br />

heavily on the ability to recognize a<br />

correct answer when they see it. The<br />

personal learning system would use<br />

a spaced repetition algorithm (SRA)<br />

to reintroduce the Socratic questions<br />

over time so that biological memory<br />

is more likely to grasp onto the ideas<br />

and information. For now, let’s call<br />

this system SOCRAIT (a play on “Socratic”<br />

that includes SOC for social,<br />

AI for artificial intelligence, and IT for<br />

information technology within its<br />

name).<br />

For example, suppose I read an<br />

article about digital copyright in educational<br />

settings, and I decide that<br />

it’s important for me to remember<br />

some of the details of this article. At<br />

the end of this article, I choose<br />

“Learn This” to add a question to<br />

my SOCRAIT question bank. Two<br />

options would appear: (1) write your<br />

own question or (2) choose from a<br />

list of questions written by others. If<br />

I choose the first option, I might<br />

write a simple question and answer<br />

for myself: “What are the allowable<br />

uses for copyrighted video in an educational<br />

setting?” Following this,<br />

I’d write a short summary or clip a<br />

few sentences of content from the<br />

article to summarize the answer to<br />

the question. Along<br />

with the question and<br />

answer, SOCRAIT<br />

w o u l d s a v e t h e<br />

source URL (link<br />

to the content),<br />

Learn This!<br />

SOCRAIT Questions<br />

for “The World Is<br />

My School”<br />

and I could tag the question with<br />

metadata tags I indicate (e.g., copyright,<br />

digital copyright, and education).<br />

Later in the day or the week, when<br />

I have some down time, I could reengage<br />

with SOCRAIT. Here’s how<br />

it would work: I read or listen to a<br />

question, answer it in my head or<br />

out loud, view or listen to the answer,<br />

rate my understanding, and go<br />

to the next question. Since the learning<br />

is tailored to intrinsic motivations,<br />

learners could rate their own<br />

ability to answer a question (e.g., 1 =<br />

I have no clue, 2 = I knew some of it,<br />

and 3 = I nailed it!), and SOCRAIT<br />

could make decisions based on these<br />

ratings. If your rating of understanding<br />

is low or spotty, the system<br />

would offer to send you back to the<br />

source for another look. Notice that<br />

there is no need to develop software<br />

to verify the answers to<br />

questions—if you aren’t good at<br />

rating your own understanding<br />

(we call this metacognition), this<br />

will come out later in the process,<br />

and you’ll have to learn to get better<br />

at it.<br />

With a rudimentary computer<br />

interface, like the one imple-<br />

Author Maria H. Andersen<br />

offers the following questions<br />

as sample Socraticlearning<br />

prompts for readers<br />

of this article.<br />

• What technologies are we likely to see in personalized learning<br />

systems on the 20–50 year horizon?<br />

• What arguments are made for the likelihood that we can<br />

“find” the free time to engage in a personal learning system?<br />

• Why are Socratic questions and spaced repetition algorithms<br />

(SRA) an elegant solution to the personalized learning problem?<br />

• How are responses evaluated in the proposed SOCRAIT system?<br />

• What evidence do we have that people will be willing to put<br />

in the cognitive energy to create a learning layer on the Web?<br />

• How could SOCRAIT be used by journalism to improve the<br />

revenue stream?<br />

• How would the SOCRAIT model change the way we consume<br />

media?<br />

• What are Socratic scholars and what function do they serve?<br />

• If SOCRAIT were implemented, how would the role of educators<br />

shift?<br />

• What is the “game layer for learning” and why is it necessary<br />

for something like SOCRAIT to work?<br />

• What is needed to build a system like SOCRAIT?<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 53


mented in Google Voice, there’s no<br />

reason why SOCRAIT couldn’t be<br />

voice-based and available anywhere<br />

we interact with computers (e.g., cell<br />

phones, tablets, auto navigation systems).<br />

This would allow us to improve<br />

our learning while performing<br />

other tasks: commuting to work,<br />

making dinner, or walking the dogs.<br />

Initially, the so-called “Pareto’s Vital<br />

Few” (the 20% of people who get<br />

80% of the work done) would be the<br />

ones who would be most interested<br />

in creating and engaging with questions.<br />

But as the connectedness of<br />

the system matures, the need to<br />

write your own Socratic questions<br />

would lessen. Authors and media<br />

creators would write their own questions,<br />

targeting comprehension of<br />

important ideas and facts. Media<br />

consumers would be able to choose<br />

from a list of questions, perhaps seeing<br />

a sorted list based on their indicated<br />

learning priorities. Two readers<br />

of the same article would see<br />

different questions at the top of their<br />

“suggested questions” based on tags<br />

of the content. In some cases, the<br />

user might choose to pay for curated<br />

or reputable content so that their<br />

learning can later be certified by an<br />

employer, educational body, or organization.<br />

Personal Learning’s Implications<br />

For Education<br />

Now let’s take a step back and<br />

look at the big picture. Any content<br />

that exists on the Internet (or is connected<br />

to the Internet) would be<br />

tagged with Socratic learning questions<br />

and metadata for subjects.<br />

Learners would have their own bank<br />

of questions, personalized to their<br />

own learning interests. As a result,<br />

instead of learning that is designed<br />

around a physical place (e.g.,<br />

schools), an educational space (e.g.,<br />

learning management systems), or a<br />

person of authority (e.g., instructor),<br />

this system is designed around the<br />

learner.<br />

It goes without saying that the implications<br />

for education are huge. In<br />

the space of a few years, we could<br />

develop a completely separate content<br />

learning system that’s incredibly<br />

flexible and personalized to the interests<br />

of the learner. The architec-<br />

ture needs to develop organically<br />

around Web-based content and grow<br />

tendrils into everything we produce<br />

in the future. It will take some time<br />

to go back and create a learning<br />

layer to integrate with all the content<br />

that we already have, but as we’ve<br />

seen from projects like Wikipedia,<br />

there are people willing to contribute<br />

their time and energy to these kinds<br />

of tasks. Wikipedia became the largest<br />

encyclopedia ever assembled<br />

within a mere six years after its creation,<br />

and was built using less than<br />

1% of the time that Americans spend<br />

watching TV every year (as calculated<br />

by Clay Shirky).<br />

A system like SOCRAIT has the<br />

potential to benefit other industries<br />

outside of education. For example,<br />

modern journalism has been struggling<br />

with a problem of income<br />

stream. While revenue has shifted to<br />

online advertising, it is not enough<br />

to shore up the industry. At present,<br />

the vast majority of Internet content<br />

is free and, as Chris Anderson argues<br />

in his book Free (Hyperion, 2009), it’s<br />

not likely to change. How do you get<br />

readers (or viewers) to pay for something<br />

that they already get for free?<br />

The answer: Add something to the<br />

content that’s not already there. If<br />

readers or viewers had the ability to<br />

quickly add reputable questions to<br />

their learning bank, this would be a<br />

value-added service. Cleverly, the<br />

“For a personalized<br />

learning system to take<br />

hold inside education,<br />

it will have to be built<br />

on the outside.”<br />

“To learn, to analyze,<br />

to innovate, and to<br />

think creatively, we<br />

must internalize some<br />

of the information we<br />

process.”<br />

media content would remain free,<br />

but access to the question bank<br />

would require a one-time payment<br />

or ongoing subscription by the consumer.<br />

This would certainly help<br />

modern journalism (or the textbook<br />

industry) to shore up their revenue<br />

stream.<br />

A New Learning Ecosystem<br />

Books like Nicholas Carr ’s The<br />

Shallows (W.W. Norton, 2010) cause<br />

us to question whether we might be<br />

trapped on the information superhighway—stuck<br />

on the line between<br />

data lanes and unable to scoot forward<br />

or backward. Twitter users regularly<br />

use the phrase “drink from<br />

the fire hose” when referring to their<br />

experience of dipping into the live<br />

data stream. Information, whether it<br />

be from radio, television, print, Web<br />

media, or social networks, is coming<br />

at us too quickly; all that most of us<br />

can do is surface-skim, rarely pausing<br />

to reflect or think deeply. To<br />

learn, to analyze, to innovate, and to<br />

think creatively, we must internalize<br />

some of the information we process.<br />

An entirely new ecosystem could<br />

grow up around this Socratic learning<br />

system. Certainly a ratings system<br />

for questions could be built using<br />

the technology developed by<br />

companies like Netflix. For example,<br />

54 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


“Your friends John and Iveta chose<br />

this question. Would you like to see<br />

other questions/media they chose<br />

for this topic?” If you choose to do<br />

so, the questions you see when you<br />

add content to your question bank<br />

could be filtered by your existing social<br />

networks. Rather than showing<br />

all the possible questions in existence<br />

for that media (which could become<br />

a fairly lengthy list), you could<br />

choose to see only the ones people in<br />

your social network have also used.<br />

So far, I’ve discussed how the system<br />

would work if you engaged in<br />

reading and watching media as you<br />

do today. However, such a system<br />

could also shift how and when we<br />

seek out content. After all, a lot of<br />

time is wasted in modern education<br />

by re-teaching content that some of<br />

the learners already know. There is<br />

no incentive for students to get<br />

ahead when the reward is sitting<br />

through a lecture on something<br />

they’ve already learned.<br />

Imagine: When you need to learn<br />

something new, you could subscribe<br />

to a curated collection of questions<br />

on that topic. For example, “Digital<br />

Copyright 101” might be a collection<br />

of questions developed by somebody<br />

who teaches digital copyright<br />

policy to beginners. The truly fascinating<br />

shift is that you wouldn’t necessarily<br />

start by consuming the media<br />

that goes with the questions.<br />

Instead, you would simply start answering<br />

the questions in your bank.<br />

As you encounter learning questions<br />

that you can’t answer, you could<br />

dive into the content at those points<br />

in time—this is the exact point between<br />

boredom (with things you already<br />

know) and frustration (with<br />

things you don’t know), the point to<br />

engage in learning.<br />

Testing Knowledge Acquisition<br />

Almost immediately after the personalized<br />

learning architecture is in<br />

place, we will need a new educational<br />

industry tasked with certifying<br />

knowledge and understanding.<br />

For lack of a better name, let’s call<br />

these folks “Socratic scholars.” Their<br />

job will be to rate how well you<br />

know what you claim to have<br />

learned. For example, let’s say I’ve<br />

engaged with and theoretically<br />

“When you need to<br />

learn something new,<br />

you could subscribe to<br />

a curated collection of<br />

questions on that topic.”<br />

learned 500 tagged questions on biochemistry<br />

to prepare for teaching a<br />

new class. In order for this to count<br />

toward my professional development<br />

hours, my college asks me to<br />

certify the learning. I pay for a Socratic<br />

scholar who specializes in<br />

chemistry to rate my knowledge. We<br />

meet either in person or via the Web<br />

(more likely) and have a discussion<br />

about the questions in my learning<br />

bank on biochemistry.<br />

The scholar has access to the 500<br />

questions I say I’ve mastered and<br />

asks me to answer a random selection.<br />

Of course, this is where it<br />

would be valuable to have reputable<br />

questions in my learning bank (from<br />

authors, researchers, scientists, and<br />

leaders in the field). Since the scholar<br />

can see both my questions and the<br />

answers (linked back to original content),<br />

it should not be difficult to ascertain<br />

whether I have, in fact, mastered<br />

the knowledge and concepts as<br />

I have claimed. Because the certification<br />

is human-to-human, and not<br />

human-to-machine, the nuances of<br />

human language would be understood.<br />

So if the language of the verbal<br />

answer and the language of the<br />

written answer don’t match up exactly,<br />

that wouldn’t be a problem. At<br />

the end of the session, the scholar<br />

would “grade” my understanding of<br />

the 500 questions on biochemistry,<br />

and I could provide this certification<br />

to the human resources department.<br />

In many respects, this is a much<br />

better system than what we have to-<br />

day. For most certification of learning,<br />

we simply look at a transcript. If<br />

the class is listed, we assume the<br />

learner has that knowledge. Of<br />

course, knowledge ages—sometimes<br />

it evolves into understanding or wisdom,<br />

and sometimes it fades out of<br />

existence. The fact that I earned a<br />

chemistry degree in 1996 does not<br />

mean you would want to hire me as<br />

a chemist today. Ideally, you’d want<br />

me to recertify before I entered the<br />

“chemist” job pool. Biological memory<br />

is not reflected in the metrics of<br />

transcripts or grade point averages.<br />

I am not saying that this “certified”<br />

content knowledge equals the<br />

ability to function as a practitioner in<br />

the discipline. Even a diploma only<br />

indicates that the educational system<br />

has walked you through some series<br />

of appropriate paces for the discipline.<br />

Skills like critical thinking and<br />

creativity are often lost in education<br />

(especially in science and technology)<br />

because there is such an incredible<br />

amount of content to cover.<br />

However, if the content knowledge<br />

moved outside the educational system,<br />

then educators could focus on<br />

the learning that surrounds technical<br />

knowledge instead (e.g., problem<br />

solving, analysis, creativity, applications).<br />

Let’s imagine what would happen<br />

if a robust Socratic learning system<br />

was at the heart of the educational<br />

system. A learning coach (a more appropriate<br />

term for the teacher or instructor<br />

in this learner-centered environment)<br />

will designate some core<br />

material that he or she wants you to<br />

learn. For example, in calculus, I<br />

might use a set of 500 curated concept-oriented<br />

questions from a wellknown<br />

calculus textbook author,<br />

with each question linking to supporting<br />

media. Every student would<br />

be working on those questions, and<br />

so, as a learning community, we’d all<br />

work on that together. I would hope<br />

that this doesn’t sound like too radical<br />

a departure from normal.<br />

This is where it changes: Because<br />

every student has different interests<br />

and career ambitions, I would also<br />

require that each student find an additional<br />

100 questions tagged with<br />

both calculus and tags that are of interest<br />

to that student. For a student<br />

studying to be a doctor, questions<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 55


tagged with medicine or epidemiology<br />

might be appropriate. For a student<br />

going into business, questions<br />

tagged with marketing or management<br />

might be more appropriate.<br />

As the learning coach, my job is no<br />

longer to “deliver content” to the<br />

students. SOCRAIT does that. Now I<br />

can use my time to help students<br />

search for good questions, help them<br />

to understand the content they are<br />

learning, provide activities to help<br />

them work with the concepts or connect<br />

the material in an applied way,<br />

and foster discussion with other students<br />

on these topics.<br />

When it comes time to certify the<br />

learning for each student, it is done<br />

by an oral interview in which I have<br />

access to the common questions and<br />

the personalized questions for each<br />

student. Even if I’m not an expert on<br />

all the personalized questions, the<br />

answers are provided and the content<br />

is related to a subject of my expertise.<br />

Again, I only have to ask<br />

about a random selection of questions<br />

to be able to assess understanding.<br />

At the end of the semester, all<br />

students have learned their own personal<br />

versions of calculus, while still<br />

learning a core of common material.<br />

Such a system has implications for<br />

lifelong learning “on the job,” too.<br />

Instead of holding mandatory training,<br />

a human resources department<br />

could push out a bank of Socratic<br />

questions to all their employees<br />

about safety, new initiatives, mission<br />

statements, etc. For example, to train<br />

employees on Occupational Safety<br />

and Health Administration (OSHA)<br />

compliance, the employees would be<br />

invited to add a curated list of 40<br />

questions about OSHA policies. Each<br />

question would lead back to a source<br />

that provides the necessary content<br />

to answer the question. After two<br />

weeks, someone in HR can act as the<br />

Socratic scholar and spend five minutes<br />

with each employee to test his<br />

or her knowledge of the policies, using<br />

a random selection of questions.<br />

A Game Layer for Learning<br />

Futurist John Smart writes about a<br />

coming “valuecosm” within 10 to 20<br />

years, when we’ll be able to program<br />

our apps or avatars to make decisions<br />

for us based on what we say is our set<br />

of values. The real question is<br />

whether learning can become one of<br />

our new values, especially in the<br />

United States. In 2009, The U.S. Bureau<br />

of Labor Statistics estimated that<br />

the average American adult spent<br />

more than five hours per day on leisure<br />

activities (close to three of those<br />

leisure hours watching television)<br />

and about 30 minutes per day on educational<br />

activities. Given the 10:1 ratio<br />

of leisure to educational activities,<br />

is American culture likely to embrace<br />

learning as a choice? Initially my answer<br />

was no, but then I began to<br />

think about video-game design.<br />

Entrepreneur Seth Priebatsch<br />

spoke at TEDxBoston (2010) about<br />

building a “game layer on top of the<br />

world.” What if one of the game layers<br />

we create surrounds learning?<br />

The same game dynamics used to<br />

build successful video games (e.g.,<br />

appointment dynamics, influence<br />

and status dynamics, and progression<br />

dynamics) could be deployed to<br />

make learning the game itself. While<br />

this might still be a hard sell for the<br />

average adult, there will be subpopulations,<br />

such as early technology<br />

adapters, who will see the immediate<br />

value in cultivating and<br />

learning from their own question<br />

banks. Children who grow up learning<br />

with a Socratic question system<br />

might gain learning values naturally<br />

and carry these to their adult lives.<br />

A successful Spaced Repetition Socratic<br />

Learning System (SRSLS)<br />

would have to entice you to keep to<br />

specific goals, like answering 50<br />

questions per week or answering 100<br />

questions with a certain tag in the<br />

next month. Any of these goals could<br />

be incentivized with points (1 question<br />

answered correctly = 1 point),<br />

incentive rewards for meeting certain<br />

goals (“you’ve earned your Silver<br />

Calculus badge for 100 questions<br />

learned”), and social status levels<br />

(“Maria has just become a Calculus<br />

Master—can you do it too?”).<br />

Those engaged in formal education<br />

would participate with a far<br />

greater intensity of daily questions<br />

than those who are in the workforce.<br />

However, the wise worker would<br />

continue to learn, albeit at a slower<br />

pace. Résumés would boast levels of<br />

knowledge on particular topics and<br />

stats on the intensity at which you<br />

participate in learning.<br />

Let’s Build It<br />

A diploma has become a social signal<br />

to stop learning. In today’s<br />

world, where technical knowledge<br />

doubles every two years, this is absolutely<br />

the wrong thing to do. Careers<br />

shift overnight, and industries<br />

collapse rapidly. We have to learn,<br />

and learn faster than we ever have<br />

before, in order to stay ahead of the<br />

problems we are now creating.<br />

The content for a system like<br />

SOCRAIT already exists; it is the architecture<br />

and interface we are missing.<br />

This new learning medium needs<br />

to be an interconnected network of<br />

user-generated, or author-generated,<br />

Socratic questions with a seamless<br />

question-management interface. The<br />

architecture needs to remain open so<br />

that anyone can create questions on<br />

any content, and any developer can<br />

build applications for the computing<br />

device of his or her choice.<br />

A system for personalized learning<br />

will not grow from inside formal education.<br />

Education is like a field<br />

that’s been overplanted with only<br />

small patches of fertile soil. Too<br />

many stakeholders (parents, unions,<br />

administration, faculty, etc.) compete<br />

to promote various ideas about how<br />

to change, acting like weeds or<br />

plagues that choke off plant growth.<br />

The fresh and fertile soil of the open<br />

Web can foster the quick growth of a<br />

personalized learning system. Then,<br />

like a good fertilizer, it can be used<br />

to replenish the soil of formal education<br />

and help us to reach that “Holy<br />

Grail” of education: personalized<br />

learning for all.<br />

❏<br />

About the Author<br />

Maria H. Andersen is the<br />

Learning Futurist for The<br />

LIFT Institute at Muskegon<br />

Community College, Muskegon,<br />

Michigan. She has degrees<br />

in mathematics,<br />

chemistry, biology, business,<br />

and (ABD) Higher Education Leadership.<br />

She is considered an expert in educational<br />

technology and has been studying, researching,<br />

speaking, and writing about the<br />

future of education and learning for several<br />

years, including at the World Future Society’s<br />

2010 meeting. E-mail busynessgirl@gmail.com<br />

or search @busynessgirl on Twitter.<br />

56 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


Global, Mobile, Virtual,<br />

and Social: The College<br />

Campus of Tomorrow<br />

WFS COLLAGE / IMAGES: JOACHIM ANGELTUN, OLEG BABICH / ISTOCKPHOTO<br />

In 1972, visionary futurists Robert Theobald and J. M. Scott<br />

wrote one of the most interesting works related to education<br />

in the field of future studies, Teg’s 1994: An Anticipation of the<br />

COURTESY OF THE AUTHOR<br />

Near Future. Like many significant<br />

studies of the future, Teg’s 1994<br />

was written as a work of fiction, in<br />

this case about a college student<br />

named Teg and her experiences as<br />

an “Orwell Scholar” in the year<br />

1994.<br />

What makes Teg’s 1994 significant<br />

is the nature of the future of<br />

higher education that Theobald<br />

and Scott envisioned and how<br />

much of it has come to pass. In<br />

many ways, Teg’s 1994 can also<br />

provide valuable insights into the future of higher education<br />

that this fictional student’s own children and grandchildren<br />

might encounter over the next 25 years.<br />

Theobald and Scott were able to fairly accurately describe<br />

many of the trends in higher education that have actually occurred<br />

over the intervening 37 years. This includes a description<br />

of a worldwide computer system that provides Teg with<br />

opportunities to conduct her own research, as well as communicate<br />

with her peers; campus locations around the world that<br />

enable her to conduct her studies in different geographical settings;<br />

a faculty member who serves as a mentor, with whom<br />

she corresponds by e-mail; and pharmaceuticals that stimulate<br />

concentration and reduce the effects of adolescent hormones.<br />

By John Dew<br />

An educator and strategic planner<br />

outlines the trends leading<br />

to a long-forecast future for colleges<br />

and universities: Global<br />

standardization of education<br />

content and accreditation,<br />

greater diversity in the student<br />

body, and more options for<br />

where, when, and how learning<br />

takes place.<br />

© PHOTODISC INC.<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 57


If Theobald and Scott were writing<br />

today, they might craft a sequel to<br />

Teg’s 1994 around the following<br />

trends that are shaping the future of<br />

higher education, also commonly referred<br />

to as tertiary education in<br />

other countries.<br />

1. Globalization of education that<br />

leads students to study outside their<br />

home country and to respect various<br />

cultural settings. This globalized education<br />

embraces English as the<br />

world language of convenience,<br />

while still supporting and honoring<br />

other languages and cultures.<br />

2. A growing, but frustrated, need<br />

to harmonize the framework, definitions,<br />

and subject matter content of<br />

higher education programs around<br />

the world.<br />

3. Continuous changes in technology<br />

that impact learning, including<br />

the use of the Internet, the digitizing<br />

of all the world’s books, the complete<br />

transition of all technical journals to<br />

electronic format, the ascendency of<br />

online teaching and instructional designers<br />

over classroom teaching, and<br />

the use of ever changing technology,<br />

such as iPods and iPhones to deliver<br />

educational content.<br />

4. The changing role of faculty that<br />

diminishes their engagement in<br />

classroom teaching.<br />

5. The changing nature of students,<br />

most of whom are already working<br />

adults who want to further enhance<br />

their knowledge and skills.<br />

6. A continued need but a changing<br />

role for residential campuses, as<br />

they become the headquarters for<br />

global educational enterprises and<br />

the gathering places for academic rituals<br />

and tribal events.<br />

Globalized Learning<br />

Education is shrinking the world,<br />

and the world is shrinking the educational<br />

enterprise. On the one hand,<br />

universities in the United States,<br />

Australia, and Europe are increasingly<br />

enrolling students from other<br />

nations while also encouraging and<br />

enabling their students to study<br />

abroad. Many U.S. institutions are<br />

establishing partnerships with universities<br />

in other countries to offer<br />

U.S. degree programs in these countries.<br />

On the other hand, China is exporting<br />

the teaching of Chinese lan-<br />

Technology that supports higher<br />

education continues to evolve at a<br />

rapid rate. The once-valued library<br />

stacks and reading rooms full of<br />

printed periodicals are being replaced<br />

by semantic search engines,<br />

online book collections, and electronic<br />

journals.<br />

Technology will continue to transform<br />

teaching. Freshman math<br />

classes are already being replaced by<br />

computer-based math teaching labs<br />

on many campuses. Large lecture<br />

courses are being replaced by courses<br />

taught online. Small discussion-oriented<br />

courses are being replaced by<br />

online courses with live chat rooms<br />

or asynchronous discussion boards,<br />

taking advantage of social networking<br />

to turn learning into a cooperative<br />

activity.<br />

All of these changes support the<br />

ability of students to pursue their<br />

higher education from anywhere and<br />

at any time. Faculty are already putting<br />

class lectures onto small files for<br />

students to play on iPods and listen<br />

to while they go jogging.<br />

New technology for proctoring<br />

students’ online exams now allow<br />

students to take tests from any location<br />

under supervision. Online delivery<br />

already takes college courses to<br />

the smallest rural communities in<br />

America and to students around the<br />

world. This trend will continue and<br />

grow as young people growing up in<br />

the homeschooling movement move<br />

directly into college programs without<br />

setting foot on a campus. Online<br />

courses are also providing new acguage<br />

and culture through the<br />

establishment of Confucius Institutes<br />

at universities all around the world<br />

and increasing the quality and quantity<br />

of tertiary institutions at a rapid<br />

pace.<br />

Higher education institutions in<br />

South America are seeking accreditation<br />

with U.S. regional accrediting<br />

bodies. Many postsecondary institutions<br />

state that preparing their students<br />

for living in a global society is<br />

a key part of their educational mission.<br />

This growing emphasis on<br />

global interaction provides much of<br />

the pressure for the second major<br />

trend, harmonization.<br />

Harmonizing International<br />

Educational Standards<br />

In the increasingly global economy,<br />

multinational entities such as corporations<br />

and nongovernmental organizations<br />

demand more standardization<br />

in higher education’s structure<br />

and content. Corporations are already<br />

actively guiding efforts to<br />

standardize the content of curricula<br />

in key fields such as engineering and<br />

business, exerting influence on specialized<br />

accrediting agencies whose<br />

approval colleges and universities<br />

must have for credibility.<br />

The disparities in educational<br />

structure among different nations<br />

and regions is constantly creating<br />

headaches: There is no international<br />

standard for a baccalaureate or a<br />

master’s degree, for instance, and<br />

there is also wide variation among<br />

nations in quality assurance of academic<br />

programs, faculty credentials,<br />

and educational support services.<br />

These discrepancies create problems<br />

for students as they move internationally<br />

to obtain a global education,<br />

as well as for employers in assuring<br />

their workforce is properly prepared.<br />

Despite the barriers, the pressure<br />

for harmonization mounts. It is only<br />

a matter of time before governments<br />

and multinational entities begin to<br />

establish alliances that will impose<br />

global standards in terms of structure<br />

and definitions, if the higher education<br />

community does not work<br />

this out for itself. Colleges and universities<br />

are being challenged to reexamine<br />

their historical approaches<br />

and enter into discussions that create<br />

a great amount of discomfort and<br />

discord within the complex perspectives<br />

of different academic disciplines.<br />

Efforts such as the Bologna<br />

Process in Europe (implementing<br />

comparable degrees, credit systems,<br />

and other standards) are a harbinger<br />

of what is to come globally.<br />

The drive to harmonize can also be<br />

seen in assessment of student learning,<br />

where objective evidence of student<br />

learning based on standardized<br />

examinations will become the global<br />

norm, rather than the subjective<br />

evaluations of faculty using hundreds<br />

of different assessment methods.<br />

Technology’s Impacts on<br />

Teaching and Learning<br />

58 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


COURTESY OF THE AUTHOR<br />

The electronic proctor: Remote Proctor<br />

device is widely used in Troy<br />

University (Alabama) eCampuses in<br />

place of a human test proctor. A<br />

camera with 360-degree video image<br />

range is connected to the student<br />

test-taker’s computer and verifies his<br />

or her identity through fingerprint<br />

identification.<br />

COURTESY OF THE AUTHOR, USED WITH PERMISSION OF ZHAO WUJUN<br />

Zhao Wujun, a student from Xian, China, demonstrates Tai Chi at a program sponsored by the<br />

Confucius Institute in Troy, Alabama, one of several such institutes established around the<br />

world by China to help export its culture and language.<br />

PHOTO © 2008 MICHIGAN STATE UNIVERSITY BOARD OF TRUSTEES<br />

Classroom at Michigan State University<br />

integrates multimedia technology with<br />

face-to-face learning.


OPEN YALE COURSES, HTTP://OYC.YALE.EDU/<br />

financing benefits after their service<br />

is complete. Such a movement would<br />

accelerate the trend toward an older<br />

student body and would significantly<br />

disrupt the current model for<br />

residential campuses. As the student<br />

population continues to change, metrics<br />

that are primarily based on the<br />

assumption of a full-time 18- to<br />

22-year-old student population that<br />

are used to evaluate tertiary institutions,<br />

such as the U.S. News and<br />

World Report rankings, will become<br />

increasingly misleading.<br />

From Roman Architecture to Freshman Organic Chemistry, more postsecondary<br />

courses are being offered on sites like Open Yale, with content available on YouTube<br />

and iTunes.<br />

cess for students with disabilities<br />

and for students who want to complete<br />

an undergraduate or graduate<br />

degree while serving in the military.<br />

“Going to college” no longer<br />

means going to a particular place for<br />

a particular number of years. It increasingly<br />

means engaging in a<br />

structured approach to higher education<br />

in whatever physical environment<br />

is most suitable for the learner.<br />

The Changing Demography<br />

Of College Populations<br />

While most people envision the<br />

traditional 18- to 22-year-old when<br />

they hear the term “college student,”<br />

that image no longer reflects the actual<br />

demographics of college students.<br />

In the United States, the college<br />

student body increasingly<br />

comprises working adults.<br />

Fewer and fewer young people<br />

and their families will have the economic<br />

capacity, or the willingness to<br />

assume large amounts of debt, required<br />

for full-time college study,<br />

unless supported by academic scholarships.<br />

Instead, they will opt for<br />

part-time study, combining community<br />

college and online university<br />

courses to complete most degrees.<br />

The exceptions will be in the performing<br />

arts, sciences, and engineer-<br />

New Roles for Educators<br />

The faculty have always been the<br />

core of the college or university, but<br />

their role is rapidly changing. The<br />

full-time faculty of the future will reflect<br />

current trends in three ways.<br />

First, full-time faculty will increasingly<br />

serve as the guardians of a<br />

body of knowledge in their discipline.<br />

They will engage in the international<br />

discussion about the content<br />

and equivalence of academic courses<br />

and programs, working with other<br />

practitioners in their field through<br />

the auspices of specialized accrediting<br />

bodies.<br />

<strong>Second</strong>, full-time faculty will continue<br />

to devote more of their time to<br />

conducting research and publishing<br />

or performing in their field. They<br />

will thus contribute to the body of<br />

knowledge in their field and reing<br />

fields, which will continue to require<br />

significant amounts of time for<br />

laboratory work or performance that<br />

cannot yet be done online. But even<br />

in these areas, there will be technical<br />

innovations that will open up new<br />

possibilities for students to study<br />

online.<br />

A movement toward national service<br />

could further accelerate this<br />

trend, as young people would work<br />

first and then use their education-<br />

University of Washington has<br />

created mobile-access applications<br />

for iPhone (center) and<br />

BlackBerry users, with access to<br />

courses, videos, news, campus<br />

maps, and other resources.<br />

UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON<br />

60 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


PHOTO © 2008 MICHIGAN STATE UNIVERSITY BOARD OF TRUSTEES<br />

Michigan State University marching band on parade. Even in the globalized, mobilized educational environment, there will be a compelling<br />

human need occasionally to join fellow students in the campus community, says author Dew.<br />

inforce their role as the critical evaluators<br />

of what constitutes that body<br />

of knowledge.<br />

Third, full-time faculty will spend<br />

more time as mentors, either in the<br />

face-to-face setting or online, as envisioned<br />

by Theobald and Scott. They<br />

will teach a combination of honors<br />

courses at the undergraduate level<br />

and mentor graduate students in advanced<br />

studies and learning to conduct<br />

research.<br />

Large institutions will continue to<br />

utilize graduate students for teaching<br />

undergraduates, but will also increasingly<br />

deploy adjunct faculty<br />

who are scholar-practitioners. The<br />

overall content of academic degree<br />

programs and the content of most<br />

courses will be guided by curriculum<br />

committees consisting of full-time<br />

faculty. These committees will ensure<br />

that programs and courses meet the<br />

international expectations required<br />

by accrediting agencies; this will ensure<br />

harmonization and compatibility<br />

of course content with the body<br />

of knowledge, enabling students to<br />

pursue their education globally.<br />

College Campuses and<br />

“Homecoming”<br />

Despite these trends, the residential<br />

college or university will con-<br />

tinue to exist, even though the enrollment<br />

on campus may become a<br />

shrinking percentage of an institution’s<br />

total enrolled population. Affluent<br />

parents will still value the opportunity<br />

to send their young<br />

student “off to college” as a reliable<br />

way to help them mature.<br />

Many academic programs in the<br />

performing arts, sciences, and engineering<br />

will still require study that is<br />

best accomplished on a campus,<br />

which will help keep residential halls<br />

occupied. Moreover, many institutions<br />

will use their residential campus<br />

as the organizational glue to<br />

hold the institution together (like a<br />

corporate headquarters) and as a<br />

place to gather a critical mass of fulltime<br />

faculty and administrators.<br />

The campus will be the home base<br />

for popular athletic programs that<br />

promote national visibility and tribal<br />

identity; as such, there may always<br />

be a need for “homecoming,” as<br />

campus provides a touchstone where<br />

students may come (often for the<br />

first time to set foot on the campus)<br />

to wear the school colors.<br />

Teg’s Children<br />

By now, Theobald and Scott’s<br />

character Teg would have had children<br />

of her own, and those children<br />

would most likely be headed for<br />

college by 2020. Unlike their fictional<br />

mother, this next generation<br />

of college students really will be living<br />

wherever they want and taking<br />

many (if not all) of their courses online.<br />

They will interact with other<br />

students from all around the planet<br />

and may even complete degrees that<br />

are accredited by international accrediting<br />

agencies, giving them even<br />

more maneuverability in the global<br />

workplace.<br />

Teg’s children—and their twentyfirst-century<br />

peers—truly will be the<br />

global, mobile learners that education<br />

futurists have envisioned. ❑<br />

About the Author<br />

John Dew is the associate<br />

vice chancellor for institutional<br />

research, planning,<br />

and effectiveness at Troy<br />

University. As a strategic<br />

planning facilitator, he<br />

worked with what eventually<br />

became Lockheed Martin Corporation for<br />

23 years. He also facilitated strategic planning<br />

at the University of Alabama, Louisiana<br />

State University Law School, the University<br />

of California–Bakersfield, and other highereducation<br />

institutions.<br />

His address is 231 Adams Administration<br />

Building, Troy University, Troy, Alabama<br />

36082. E-mail jrdew@troy.edu.<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 61


By Evgeny Morozov<br />

Revolutions depend on people, not<br />

on social media, and the Internet<br />

both promotes democracy and<br />

thwarts it, says a foreign-policy<br />

scholar. Cyber-utopians be warned:<br />

Authoritarian regimes are adapting<br />

to the Internet age.<br />

62 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong><br />

The only place where the<br />

West is still unabashedly<br />

eager to promote democracy<br />

is in cyberspace. Enthusiastic<br />

belief in the libe<br />

r a t i n g p o w e r o f<br />

technology, accompanied<br />

by the ir resistible urge to<br />

enlist Silicon Valley start-ups in the<br />

global fight for freedom, is of growing<br />

appeal to many policy makers.<br />

In fact, many of them are as upbeat<br />

about the revolutionary potential of<br />

the Internet as their colleagues in the<br />

corporate sector were in the 1990s.<br />

We shouldn’t give the Internet too<br />

much credit, however, and we<br />

should probably give it credit for


some of the negative things that are<br />

happening. We shouldn’t be biased<br />

and just look at the brighter side. We<br />

should be more critical in thinking<br />

about its impacts.<br />

The idea that the Internet favors<br />

the oppressed rather than the oppressor<br />

is marred by what I call<br />

cyber-utopianism: a naïve belief in<br />

the emancipatory nature of online<br />

communication that rests on a stubborn<br />

refusal to acknowledge its<br />

downside.<br />

Cyber-utopians ambitiously set<br />

out to build a new and improved<br />

United Nations, only to end up with<br />

a digital Cirque du Soleil. Failing to<br />

anticipate how authoritarian governments<br />

would respond to the Internet,<br />

cyber-utopians did not predict<br />

how useful the Internet would prove<br />

for propaganda purposes, how masterfully<br />

dictators would use it for<br />

surveillance, and how sophisticated<br />

modern forms of Internet censorship<br />

would become.<br />

Fidel Castro’s Twitter page has<br />

been around for a few years. But<br />

very few people in Cuba own computers,<br />

because the Cuban government<br />

restricted the sale of computers<br />

to its population, so most of them<br />

just don’t have the equipment to<br />

tweet. They don’t have Internet<br />

cafés. They do have a small blogging<br />

culture, a few bloggers who have to<br />

be very careful. The government<br />

modified the restrictions on computers<br />

only a short while ago, so I<br />

wouldn’t expect Facebook or Twitter<br />

to matter much in Cuba in the next<br />

five to ten years.<br />

Take a closer look at the blogospheres<br />

in almost any authoritarian<br />

regime, and you are likely to discover<br />

that they are teeming with nationalism<br />

and xenophobia. Things<br />

don’t look particularly bright for the<br />

kind of flawless democratization<br />

that some expect from the Internet’s<br />

arrival.<br />

Likewise, bloggers uncovering<br />

and publicizing corruption in local<br />

governments could be—and are—<br />

easily coopted by higher-ranking<br />

politicians and made part of the anticorruption<br />

campaign. The overall<br />

impact on the strength of the regime<br />

in this case is hard to determine; the<br />

bloggers may be diminishing the<br />

power of local authorities but boost-<br />

ing the power of the federal government.<br />

Authoritarian regimes in Central<br />

Asia, for example, have been<br />

actively promoting a host of e-government<br />

initiatives.<br />

Normally a regime that fights its<br />

own corruption has more legitimacy<br />

with its own people. From that perspective,<br />

I wouldn’t go so far as to<br />

say that the Internet is making the<br />

government more accountable, but I<br />

would say that it is making local officials<br />

more responsible.<br />

The government may be eliminating<br />

corruption in the provinces,<br />

making the people happier, but that<br />

doesn’t mean that they’re eliminating<br />

corruption at the top. So the distribution<br />

of corruption might be<br />

changing. But I do think government<br />

might use the Internet to solicit more<br />

citizen input. That won’t undermine<br />

the government. It will bolster its legitimacy.<br />

It’s not paradoxical. The fact that<br />

the government is soliciting their<br />

opinions does not mean that the<br />

government is listening to them. It<br />

wants to give the people the impression<br />

that it is listening to them. In<br />

some sense, it creates a semblance of<br />

democratic institutions. It’s all about<br />

creating a veneer of legitimacy.<br />

The Internet’s Role in<br />

Middle Eastern Revolutions<br />

Digital activists in the Middle East<br />

can boast quite a few accomplishments,<br />

particularly when it comes to<br />

documenting police brutality, but I<br />

don’t think the Internet will play<br />

much of a role in Middle Eastern<br />

democratic revolutions compared<br />

with other factors. The things to<br />

watch for are how the new leaders<br />

shape the new constitutions and<br />

how they deal with the elements of<br />

the previous regimes. All those<br />

things are far more important than<br />

what happens online. I wouldn’t bet<br />

that the Internet will be a great help.<br />

As for the extent to which these<br />

new regimes become democracies—<br />

it’s a wild guess for anyone, me included.<br />

They have a chance, but outcomes<br />

will depend upon many<br />

factors, including internal policies<br />

and external conflicts. I don’t buy<br />

into the cultural notion of Arabs not<br />

being ready for democracy. Democ-<br />

racy in the Middle East may succeed.<br />

But it will depend on how they work<br />

with the existing challenges.<br />

The revolts were driven by people<br />

who had economic grievances and<br />

were politically oppressed. They<br />

turned to the Internet to publicize<br />

their grievances and their resistance.<br />

The fact that new media and blogs<br />

were present probably set a different<br />

tempo to the revolts. If the Internet<br />

were not around, the regime might<br />

be tempted to crack down in a much<br />

more brutal way. The revolts themselves<br />

would be taking a different<br />

shape, and they may have happened<br />

three to six months later.<br />

It’s hypothetical to say how today’s<br />

democratic revolutions would<br />

have happened without the Internet,<br />

but revolutions throughout history<br />

are driven by cultural factors. The<br />

events probably would have happened<br />

differently and probably<br />

would have turned out differently.<br />

We have to entertain the possibility<br />

that these events could have been<br />

much more violent and taken much<br />

more time if they hadn’t had the<br />

publicity that they had thanks to the<br />

Internet.<br />

But ultimately, a regime’s response<br />

to a revolt depends on the regime,<br />

not on the Internet. Just because<br />

people can tweet and blog doesn’t<br />

stop the Libyan government from instituting<br />

a violent crackdown.<br />

In all, it’s hard to generalize based<br />

on the future of the Internet. We<br />

don’t have a one-size-fits-all approach<br />

to every country. We adapt<br />

our policies for each country. That’s<br />

how foreign policy works. But with<br />

the Internet, we have a tendency to<br />

generalize that this must be how it<br />

works everywhere, and that isn’t the<br />

case.<br />

How Russia Handles the<br />

Internet and Activism<br />

While civic activism—raising<br />

money for sick children and campaigning<br />

to curb police corruption—<br />

is highly visible on the Russian Internet,<br />

it’s still entertainment and<br />

social media that dominate. In this<br />

respect, Russia hardly differs from<br />

the United States or countries in<br />

western Europe. The most popular<br />

Internet searches on Russian search<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 63


engines are not for “What is Democracy?”<br />

or “how to protect human<br />

rights,” but for “What is love?” and<br />

“how to lose weight.”<br />

The Kremlin supports, directly or<br />

indirectly, a host of sites about politics,<br />

which are usually quick to denounce<br />

the opposition and welcome<br />

every government initiative, but increasingly<br />

branches out into apolitical<br />

entertainment. From the government’s<br />

perspective, it’s far better to<br />

keep young Russians away from<br />

politics altogether, having them consume<br />

funny videos on Russia’s own<br />

version of YouTube, RuTube (owned<br />

by Gazprom, the country’s stateowned<br />

energy behemoth), or on<br />

Russia.ru, where they might be exposed<br />

to a rare ideological message<br />

as well.<br />

Many Russians are happy to comply,<br />

not least because of the high<br />

quality of such online distractions.<br />

The Russian authorities may be on to<br />

something here: The most effective<br />

system of Internet control is not the<br />

one that has the most sophisticated<br />

and draconian censorship, but the<br />

one that has no need for censorship<br />

whatsoever.<br />

I don’t think there is anything<br />

unique about Russia per se. It’s just<br />

that the government is smarter than<br />

the Egyptian government was about<br />

how to use the Internet. The Egyptian<br />

government didn’t do anything<br />

online. It didn’t engage in propaganda,<br />

deploy bloggers, or launch<br />

cyberattacks. They missed the train.<br />

I think the difference is that the<br />

people who built up the Russian Internet<br />

ended up working for the<br />

government. The Egyptian government’s<br />

approach to the Internet was<br />

very shallow, and it had to pay the<br />

price, eventually.<br />

Giving everyone a blog will not by<br />

itself increase the health of modernday<br />

democracy; in fact, the possible<br />

side effects—the disappearance of<br />

watchdogs, the end of serendipitous<br />

news discovery, the further polarization<br />

of society—may not be the price<br />

worth paying for the still unclear<br />

virtues of the blogging revolution.<br />

This does not mean, of course, that a<br />

smart set of policies—implemented<br />

by the government or private actors—won’t<br />

help to address those<br />

problems.<br />

The Net Delusion: The Dark Side of<br />

Internet Freedom by Evgeny Morozov.<br />

PublicAffairs. 2011. 408 pages. $27.95.<br />

Revolutions Require Training<br />

And Organization<br />

The people who were instrumental<br />

in making the Egyptian revolution<br />

happen weren’t new to politics.<br />

Almost all of them were part of existing<br />

political and social forces.<br />

They had had plenty of training and<br />

organization by various Western<br />

foundations and governments. I<br />

In 2009, reports that dissidents<br />

in Iran were using Twitter<br />

prompted many Western<br />

commentators to proclaim<br />

that social media was fomenting<br />

a democratic Iranian revolution—only<br />

to be disappointed<br />

when the “revolution”<br />

fizzled and died.<br />

New America Foundation<br />

fellow Evgeny Morozov<br />

attributes the<br />

commentators’ misplaced<br />

hopes to cyber -<br />

utopianism, a wides<br />

p re a d b u t n a ï v e<br />

expectation that the<br />

Internet will empower<br />

oppressed<br />

peoples and advance<br />

democracy.<br />

According to Morozov, cyberutopians<br />

failed to anticipate that<br />

authoritarian regimes would also<br />

benefit from the Internet. In fact,<br />

such police states as Belarus and<br />

Iran pay bloggers to spread<br />

prop aganda and frequent socialnetworking<br />

sites to monitor dissidents.<br />

Other states, such as<br />

Russia, disseminate crass entertainment<br />

through video-sharing<br />

sites to distract viewers from social<br />

and political issues.<br />

Morozov debunks many<br />

widely held assumptions about<br />

how politically repressive states<br />

and their opposition both work.<br />

He follows with advice for democratic<br />

lawmakers who want to<br />

help the dissidents.<br />

Pro-democracy<br />

lawmakers must<br />

engage with the<br />

Internet, he says,<br />

but they must observe<br />

how it imp<br />

a c t s d i f f e r e n t<br />

countries in different<br />

w a y s a n d s h a p e<br />

their policies accordingly:<br />

What works in<br />

Tunisia might not<br />

work in Burma. Also,<br />

they must never treat<br />

Web-based platforms<br />

as substitutes for diligent, committed<br />

human activists who mobilize<br />

people to action in real life.<br />

The Net Delusion is a sobering<br />

assessment on the limits of Internet<br />

activism. It has practical advice<br />

for policy makers and nonprofit<br />

activists across the globe.<br />

—Rick Docksai<br />

don’t think the view of this as being<br />

a spontaneous revolution was true. I<br />

myself have been to several democracy<br />

workshops in Egypt. I wouldn’t<br />

necessarily view these people as<br />

atomized individuals. They have<br />

been trained offline.<br />

But of course, you wouldn’t have<br />

heard as much about it. Who’s paying<br />

for those workshops? It’s the<br />

U.S. government and U.S. founda-<br />

64 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


Web users fill the seats at an Internet café in Chengdou, China.<br />

Despite the hopes of some democracy activists, the profusion of the<br />

Internet in China has so far not undermined China’s authoritarian<br />

political system. As New America Foundation scholar Evgeny<br />

Morozov argues, authoritarian regimes around the world are adapting<br />

to—and sometimes prospering from—the spread of digital media.<br />

tions. In this sense, Facebook and<br />

Twitter are much better covers, because<br />

the uprisings they enabled appeared<br />

to be spontaneous. It would be<br />

very misleading to suggest that all the<br />

connections forged by these activists<br />

are virtual. Revolution is much more<br />

about building human networks.<br />

In 1996, when a group of high-profile<br />

digerati took to the pages of<br />

Wired magazine and proclaimed that<br />

the “public square of the past” was<br />

being replaced by the Internet, a<br />

technology that “enables average citizens<br />

to participate in national discourse,<br />

publish a newspaper, distribute<br />

an electronic pamphlet to the<br />

world … while simultaneously protecting<br />

their privacy,” many historians<br />

must have giggled.<br />

From the railways, which Karl<br />

Marx believed would dissolve<br />

India’s caste system, to television,<br />

that greatest “liberator” of the<br />

masses, there has hardly appeared a<br />

technology that wasn’t praised for<br />

its ability to raise the level of public<br />

debate, introduce more transparency<br />

into politics, reduce nationalism, and<br />

transport us to the mythical global<br />

village.<br />

In virtually all cases, such high<br />

hopes were crushed by the brutal<br />

forces of politics, culture, and economics.<br />

Technologies tend to overpromise<br />

and underdeliver, as least<br />

on their initial promises.<br />

Which of the forces unleashed by<br />

the Web will prevail in a particular<br />

social and political<br />

context is impossible<br />

to tell<br />

without first getting<br />

a thorough<br />

theoretical understanding<br />

of<br />

t h a t c o n t e x t .<br />

Likewise, it is<br />

naïve to believe<br />

that such a sophisticated<br />

and<br />

m u l t i p u r p o s e<br />

technology as<br />

t h e I n t e r n e t<br />

could produce<br />

identical outcomes—whether<br />

good or bad—in<br />

countries as diverse<br />

as Belarus,<br />

Burma, Kazakhstan,<br />

and Tunisia. There is so much diversity<br />

across authoritarian regimes.<br />

I wouldn’t have much hope in the<br />

Internet in North Korea. First, it’s a<br />

country with some of the fewest Internet<br />

connections in the world. And<br />

second, average North Koreans have<br />

been brainwashed to such an extent<br />

that you have serious psychological<br />

challenges that you can’t overcome<br />

just by using blogs and Twitter. It<br />

would be much harder than for a<br />

country like Belarus, for example,<br />

where one-third of the country is online.<br />

Mobile phones might play a<br />

role in getting more information out.<br />

But it’s unlikely that Facebook or<br />

Twitter will play much of a role.<br />

Policy makers need to abandon<br />

both cyber-utopianism and Internetcentrism,<br />

if only for the lack of accomplishment.<br />

What would take<br />

their place? What would an alternative,<br />

more down-to-earth approach<br />

to policy making in the digital age—<br />

let’s call it cyber-realism—look like?<br />

Cyber-realists would struggle to<br />

find space for the Internet in existing<br />

pillars. Instead of asking the highly<br />

general, abstract, and timeless question<br />

of “How do we think the Internet<br />

changes closed societies?,” they<br />

would ask “How do we think the Internet<br />

is affecting our existing policies<br />

on country X?” Instead of operating<br />

in the realm of the utopian and<br />

the ahistorical, impervious to the<br />

ways in which developments in domestic<br />

and foreign policies intersect,<br />

© PIERO CRUCIATTI / DREAMSTIME.COM<br />

cyber-realists would be constantly<br />

searching for highly sensitive points<br />

of interaction between the two.<br />

They wouldn’t label all Internet<br />

activism as either useful or harmful.<br />

Instead, they would evaluate the desirability<br />

of promoting such activism<br />

in accordance with their existing policy<br />

objectives.<br />

Cyber-realists wouldn’t search for<br />

technological solutions to problems<br />

that are political in nature, and they<br />

wouldn’t pretend that such solutions<br />

are even possible. Nor would cyberrealists<br />

search for a bullet that could<br />

destroy authoritarianism—or even<br />

the next-to-silver bullet, for the utopian<br />

dreams that such a bullet can<br />

even exist would have no place in<br />

their conception of politics.<br />

Instead, cyber-realists would focus<br />

on optimizing their own decisionmaking<br />

and learning processes, hoping<br />

that the right mix of bureaucratic<br />

checks and balances, combined with<br />

the appropriate incentives structure,<br />

would identify wicked problems before<br />

they are misdiagnosed as tame<br />

ones, as well as reveal how a particular<br />

solution to an Internet problem<br />

might disrupt solutions to other,<br />

non-Internet problems.<br />

Most important, cyber-realists<br />

would accept that the Internet is<br />

poised to produce different policy<br />

outcomes in different environments<br />

and that a policy maker’s chief objective<br />

is not to produce a thorough<br />

philosophical account of the Internet’s<br />

impacts on society at large, but,<br />

rather, to make the Internet an ally in<br />

achieving specific policy objectives.<br />

For them, the promotion of democracy<br />

would be too important an activity<br />

to run it out of a Silicon Valley<br />

lab.<br />

❑<br />

About the Author<br />

Evgeny Morozov is a contributing<br />

editor to Foreign<br />

Policy, visiting scholar at<br />

Stanford University, a<br />

Schwartz fellow at the New<br />

America Foundation, and the<br />

author of The Net Delusion:<br />

The Dark Side of Internet Freedom (Public<br />

Affairs, 2011). E-mail evgeny.morozov@<br />

gmail.com.<br />

This article draws from his book as well<br />

as an interview with staff editor Rick<br />

Docksai, which may be read at wfs.org.<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 65


By Joergen Oerstroem Moeller<br />

Asia<br />

Redraws<br />

the Map of<br />

Progress<br />

DUNCAN WALKER / ISTOCKPHOTO<br />

Balance of economic, if not political, power<br />

is shifting from West to East. A diplomat and<br />

scholar argues that, if Asia is to rise to the<br />

challenges that this power shift will bring,<br />

it must not emulate the more destructive,<br />

materialistic values of industrialized society.<br />

Over the last 30 years, unique opportunities<br />

for high and persistent<br />

economic growth have blessed Asia,<br />

and policy makers grabbed them<br />

with both hands. Global growth was<br />

high, commodity prices were low,<br />

and a growing labor force turned<br />

China into the world’s top manufacturer.<br />

Meanwhile, there was not<br />

much pressure to heed environmental<br />

warnings. The policy challenge<br />

for Asia’s political leaders was primarily<br />

to manage economic growth.<br />

All that is changing. Global growth<br />

is slowing, commodity prices are expected<br />

to continue rising, and oil<br />

supplies are declining. Alternative<br />

energy sources are available—but for<br />

a price. Starting in 2015, the labor<br />

force will shrink in China while it<br />

continues to rise in South Asia. Environmental<br />

problems demand far<br />

more resources, and the United<br />

States can no longer be counted on<br />

as a stabilizing power. Indeed, there<br />

is a risk of Chinese–American tensions<br />

catapulting the Pacific trade<br />

and growth engine into trouble. So<br />

creating the conditions for economic<br />

growth becomes a policy challenge—<br />

and it’s a whole new situation.<br />

Asia cannot do without economic<br />

growth. Over the preceding decades,<br />

a large part of the population has become<br />

accustomed to an almost permanently<br />

rising living standard, considered<br />

to be a kind of prescriptive<br />

right. Many political regimes find<br />

that their legitimacy in the eyes of<br />

their people depends on constantly<br />

rising prosperity. But the demographic<br />

composition is changing,<br />

with more elderly people calling for<br />

more welfare, more pensions, and<br />

better health care. Large infrastructure<br />

investments are necessary, not<br />

the least in South Asia, which is destined<br />

to take over from China as the<br />

next home of low-cost, labor-intensive<br />

manufacturing. Meanwhile, investment<br />

in research and technology<br />

is becoming more costly as Asia<br />

moves from catching up with the<br />

West to searching for new breakthroughs—a<br />

more laborious and<br />

costly exercise than simply improving<br />

existing technology.<br />

The weaker fundamentals will<br />

force Asia to find a growth pattern<br />

66 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


other than the mass consumption of<br />

America and Europe, which, if pursued<br />

successfully, would result in an<br />

implosion of Asian societies as natural<br />

resources become unavailable.<br />

Mass consumption for a couple of<br />

hundred million people in the West<br />

cannot with a stroke be extended to<br />

between 1 and 2 billion people.<br />

Something has to give, and that<br />

something is the perception of economic<br />

growth, which makes people<br />

feel that their living standard is improving.<br />

For the last 200 years, the world<br />

has lived and lived well with what<br />

may be termed American-style capitalism,<br />

which hit full throttle in the<br />

twentieth century. It was a combination<br />

of economic and political elements<br />

that fit admirably well together.<br />

Adam Smith’s dictum that the<br />

pursuit of wealth by individuals coalesced<br />

into higher wealth for society<br />

as a whole, because society’s wealth<br />

is the accumulation of individuals’<br />

wealth, proved largely correct.<br />

Easy access to natural resources<br />

gave the impression that they were<br />

unlimited. Transport opened up for<br />

new markets, giving access to raw<br />

materials hitherto out of reach. Technology<br />

improved productivity, keeping<br />

inflation in check. Population<br />

growth boosted the economy. The<br />

nation-state served as the political<br />

framework and mechanism for distribution<br />

and as the administrative<br />

infrastructure for industrial growth.<br />

Asia accepted this worldview at<br />

the peak of its ascendancy during<br />

the second half of the twentieth century.<br />

The rise of Asian economies has<br />

depended primarily upon using this<br />

Western model as a guide to growth.<br />

Nothing is more striking than<br />

Asia’s jump into the global politicaleconomic<br />

system forged after 1945.<br />

This system was not truly global, but<br />

an institutional setup designed to<br />

further American preponderance<br />

and to secure American interests all<br />

over the globe. It worked because<br />

the American model was regarded<br />

as attractive and, in the eyes of a<br />

large majority, had proved itself. It is<br />

no wonder that a “Washington consensus”<br />

embracing an economic freemarket<br />

model like the American one<br />

was forged at the end of the twentieth<br />

century and adopted by the two<br />

leading global economic institutions,<br />

the International Monetary Fund<br />

and the World Bank.<br />

Now, as Asia gradually takes over<br />

as the global economic powerhouse,<br />

people are beginning to realize that<br />

this model was and is a Western<br />

one—suited to Europe and America,<br />

but not able to sustain global development.<br />

Asia has achieved as much<br />

as possible by emulating that model<br />

and borrowing from its principles.<br />

Now, however, awkward challenges<br />

not inscribed in the textbook of<br />

American-style capitalism must be<br />

tackled. In short, Asia must find and<br />

develop its own way ahead; it has to<br />

invent a new economic and societal<br />

model.<br />

Asian Demography and the<br />

New Economic Model<br />

Over the next 25 years, demographic<br />

factors will bring tremendous<br />

changes and challenges for the<br />

whole of Asia.<br />

First, three groups of countries<br />

emerge: (1) those with a falling population,<br />

consisting of Japan (still the<br />

world’s second-largest economy),<br />

South Korea, and a few others; (2)<br />

those nations with a stagnant and<br />

gradually falling population (notably<br />

China); and (3) those with a rising<br />

population, including India, Paki<br />

s t a n , B a n g l a d e s h , Vi e t n a m ,<br />

Indonesia, and the Philippines.<br />

Demographic divergence is not a<br />

recipe for stability. Economically, it<br />

almost certainly starts a transfer of<br />

labor-intensive, low-cost manufacturing<br />

from China to countries with<br />

a rising population requiring investment<br />

to equip and house new industries;<br />

China will experience a swing<br />

from low-cost to more value-added<br />

production, putting strains on the<br />

education system. On top of that,<br />

there is the sensitive question of<br />

whether skilled workers will be allowed<br />

to migrate among countries<br />

according to where they find the<br />

highest wages. If yes, productivity<br />

will go up; if not, productivity will<br />

be held back, and animosities of ethnic<br />

and/or religious character may<br />

pop up. The first omen of these<br />

problems will soon be seen, as the<br />

Chinese labor force starts to shrink<br />

in 2015 and the size of total popula-<br />

tion follows between 2025 and 2030.<br />

<strong>Second</strong>, the number of people in<br />

the age bracket above 65 years will<br />

rise markedly in China. The surging<br />

increase of the elderly, which has already<br />

happened in Japan, will put an<br />

enormous strain on society and will<br />

require services that are not embedded<br />

in the current societal system.<br />

Today, Chinese society presumes that<br />

the family takes care of the elderly.<br />

That arrangement worked well for a<br />

SINGAPORE SKYLINE BY BLUENEMO / ISTOCKPHOTO<br />

“A large part of the<br />

population has become<br />

accustomed to an<br />

almost permanently<br />

rising living standard,<br />

considered to be a kind<br />

of prescriptive right.”<br />

long time, but now with the smaller<br />

core family and more singles, the<br />

younger generation is not willing to<br />

shoulder this burden. The fact that<br />

the savings rate in China continues<br />

to be well over 40% suggests that<br />

people expect to pay for social welfare<br />

themselves. The problem, however,<br />

runs deeper: People may be<br />

able to pay for the services, but the<br />

services have to be provided by<br />

somebody—the public sector or private<br />

institutions. Meeting this demand<br />

will require large investments<br />

in infrastructure and training of<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 67


CHINESE BUSINESSWOMAN BY ZHU DIFENG / ISTOCKPHOTO<br />

“Asia must find and<br />

develop its own way<br />

ahead; it has to invent<br />

a new economic and<br />

societal model.”<br />

people to perform care functions. So<br />

far, these preparations have hardly<br />

started.<br />

Third, the difference in fertility<br />

among ethnic and religious groups<br />

will change the composition of Asia’s<br />

population. Twenty-five years from<br />

now, there will be fewer ethnic<br />

Chinese and more ethnic Indians and<br />

Malays. There will be more Muslims<br />

and Hindus, and a smaller share for<br />

religions and philosophies rooted in<br />

Chinese culture. The most significant<br />

development takes place for the<br />

share of Muslims. Globally, Muslims<br />

increased from 16.5% in 1980 to<br />

19.2% in 2000 and are forecast to be<br />

30% in 2025. As 69% of the world’s<br />

Muslims live in Asia, it is a certain<br />

conclusion that the share of Muslims<br />

will go up. The impact will be most<br />

visible in India, where 13.4% of the<br />

population currently adheres to Islam,<br />

but concentrated in the north of<br />

the country. It is conceivable that<br />

A tremendous effort has been put<br />

into universities, but with mixed results<br />

so far. The number of graduates<br />

rises fast, but doubts persist about<br />

the quality of their education.<br />

Asian countries have long sent a<br />

large number of students to the<br />

United States. These students used<br />

to opt for staying in America after<br />

graduation, but the pendulum is<br />

now swinging the other way. A majority<br />

of Chinese and Indian students<br />

in the United States now say they<br />

want to return home to pursue careers,<br />

according to several reports.<br />

The reason they give may be a barometer<br />

for the future of technology<br />

in Asia: Career prospects are judged<br />

to be better in their home countries<br />

than in the United States.<br />

Much will depend on how well<br />

Asian education systems cope with<br />

the challenge of matching future<br />

skills with future demand for those<br />

skills. The education system must<br />

work under the pressure of turning<br />

out students now with the skills necessary<br />

for the future.<br />

The system must anticipate what<br />

the economy needs tomorrow and<br />

adapt curricula before it happens.<br />

That means schools must offer training<br />

and skills not in demand now,<br />

but judged to be so in 10 or 20 years.<br />

That is very difficult, and the stakes<br />

are high. The U.S. experience shows<br />

heavy costs for failing to anticipate<br />

future skills needs: Productivity fails<br />

to reach its full potential, undermining<br />

competitiveness; meanwhile,<br />

people in possession of the soughtafter<br />

skills reap a premium, deepening<br />

social inequality. The combined<br />

result is an underperforming econsometime<br />

between now and 2040<br />

one or more of the Indian states will<br />

have a majority of Muslims and be<br />

governed by Muslims.<br />

This is not necessarily synonymous<br />

with problems, but if the<br />

emerging trend of religions holding<br />

stronger command over behavioral<br />

patterns remains in place, tensions<br />

among groups inside and between<br />

countries may intensify.<br />

Trends in Technology<br />

and Education<br />

Asia may be an economic powerhouse,<br />

but it is not yet a technological<br />

pathfinder. Admittedly, Asia excels<br />

at improving existing technology<br />

and has taken over much manufacturing,<br />

but so far very few inventions<br />

can trace their roots back to Asia.<br />

Having said this, there can be little<br />

doubt of Asia’s growing technological<br />

strength. The three top spenders<br />

on R&D are the United States, Japan,<br />

and China. China is publishing<br />

120,000 scientific articles annually, an<br />

achievement only surpassed by the<br />

United States, with 350,000. The<br />

strong upward trend in patents and<br />

scientific articles augurs a future<br />

leading position for China. Japan is<br />

filing the largest number of patents<br />

worldwide, but China’s filing rate is<br />

increasing explosively. Most of<br />

Japan’s patents are filed by companies<br />

that make them dormant unless they<br />

intend to use them—which often is<br />

not the case. Selling to competitors<br />

that may turn the patents into new<br />

products is simply not “on.” Many<br />

of the Chinese patents are held by a<br />

very limited number of companies,<br />

notably telecom giant Huawei, casting<br />

doubt over how widespread innovation<br />

and invention is.<br />

This raises a broader question of<br />

how well technology and innovation<br />

are embedded in Asian societies. To<br />

reap the benefit of the heavy outlays<br />

in R&D, a country must be geared to<br />

turn technological novelties into new<br />

products, refine them, achieve highquality<br />

goods, and finally set up organizations<br />

to market, sell, and deliver<br />

after-sales service. Here, almost<br />

all Asian countries seem to be behind<br />

the curve. Moving into high tech<br />

calls for a societal effort encompassing<br />

education, the financial sector,<br />

government services at both the local<br />

and national levels, protection of<br />

intellectual property rights, corporate<br />

governance, and a domestic<br />

market guaranteeing increasing returns<br />

to scale as a platform for global<br />

expansion. Many Asian countries<br />

have some of these assets, or soon<br />

will, but not the whole panoply;<br />

moreover, the true art of the game—<br />

to combine these assets based upon<br />

long experience—is yet to be acquired.<br />

Matching Education to<br />

National Needs<br />

68 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


omy and growing social problems.<br />

In countries with large and growing<br />

populations moving upward on<br />

the economic and technological ladder,<br />

the performance of the education<br />

system will be pivotal for stable<br />

and relatively harmonious growth.<br />

Otherwise, imbalances jeopardizing<br />

social harmony will result. An enormous<br />

number of dissatisfied people<br />

due to training with no economic<br />

value and an economy desperate for<br />

skilled workers and technological<br />

staff is a recipe for economic weakness<br />

and social unrest.<br />

Five Scarcities: Food,<br />

Commodities, Energy, Water,<br />

and a Clean Environment<br />

A common thread in analyses of<br />

the global economy is a focus on the<br />

need for higher personal consumption<br />

in China to replace U.S. consumption<br />

as the driver. This thinking<br />

may be correct in the short term, but<br />

it is catastrophic when looked at in a<br />

broader context.<br />

There is ample evidence for a<br />

forthcoming era of shortages in five<br />

vital areas governing economic activity:<br />

food, commodities, energy/<br />

oil, water, and clean environment.<br />

These resources are interrelated, and<br />

efforts to solve one problem with existing<br />

methods invariably lead to<br />

deepening problems for one or several<br />

of the other shortages.<br />

The Food and Agriculture Organization<br />

reports that global food production<br />

will need to increase by<br />

more than 40% in 2030 and by 70%<br />

in 2070. China, Japan, and Korea are<br />

net importers of food, and India is<br />

just above self-sufficiency. A number<br />

of geographical areas around the<br />

world have potential for higher food<br />

production, but few are found in<br />

Asia.<br />

China, India, Japan, and Korea all<br />

depend upon imports of commodities.<br />

Little can be done to change<br />

that, apart from investing in overseas<br />

mining, which reduces the economic—but<br />

not the political—uncertainty.<br />

Energy needs have pushed all major<br />

Asian economies into becoming<br />

heavy importers of oil, but oil is not<br />

the main source of energy—coal is.<br />

About 70% of China’s energy supply<br />

comes from coal, as does 55% of<br />

India’s. Relying on coal with existing<br />

technology aggravates the already<br />

dire environmental prospect, explaining<br />

why China is pouring billions<br />

of U.S. dollars into clean coal<br />

technology. However, forecasts indicate<br />

that China will continue to be<br />

the world’s largest emitter of carbon<br />

dioxide, and in 2015, India will have<br />

moved into the number-three position.<br />

Large parts of China and India are<br />

already in the grip of water shortages;<br />

the Chinese government is<br />

drawing up a financially ambitious<br />

(but environmentally dubious) plan<br />

of turning some of the country’s<br />

main rivers around to channel water<br />

toward the dry northern regions.<br />

Degradation of the environment is<br />

threatening continued economic expansion.<br />

The World Bank estimates<br />

that the costs to China of air and water<br />

pollution range up to 5.8% of<br />

gross domestic product—an enormous<br />

sum that swallows up about<br />

half of China’s economic growth.<br />

If prevailing forecasts turn out to<br />

be correct, global warming will aggravate<br />

these problems. Under a pessimistic<br />

scenario, the decades ahead<br />

will see declining agricultural output<br />

in all of China, all of South Asia, and<br />

most of Southeast Asia. Even if crops<br />

can be made to benefit from increased<br />

carbon dioxide, agricultural output<br />

will still decline in all of South Asia<br />

and most of Southeast Asia.<br />

Forces Threatening<br />

Asia’s Future<br />

Strategists have often pondered<br />

the prospect for war between two or<br />

three of the juggernauts—China,<br />

India, and Japan. In fact, however,<br />

none of them threatens another’s vital<br />

interest. The three nations may<br />

compete for influence and play the<br />

good old game of being a nuisance<br />

by seeking influence in each other’s<br />

backyard—as China is doing in<br />

Myanmar and Sri Lanka, much to<br />

the chagrin of India—but basically it<br />

stops there.<br />

Over the last few decades, the<br />

threats to nation-states have changed<br />

PATHATHAI CHUNGYAM / ISTOCKPHOTO<br />

“Much will depend on how<br />

well the Asian education<br />

systems cope with the<br />

challenge of matching<br />

future skills with future<br />

demand for those skills.”<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 69


“Global food production<br />

will need to increase by<br />

more than 40% in 2030<br />

and by 70% in 2070.”<br />

completely. Threats emanate from<br />

non-nation-state players aspiring to<br />

delegitimize the political system.<br />

One vehicle for doing so is to undermine<br />

the government system’s ability<br />

to function, thereby opening a<br />

window of opportunity to establish<br />

control over populations and to impose<br />

a different societal model. This<br />

is the lesson from Iraq, Afghanistan,<br />

the Taliban, and al-Qaeda. Threats<br />

may also come from disruptive nation-states<br />

(rogue states), terrorists,<br />

and criminal organizations aiming to<br />

disrupt the functioning of global systems.<br />

The legitimacy of the political systems<br />

in China and India rests upon<br />

their ability to ensure rising living<br />

standards and human security. Political<br />

stability requires social stability,<br />

which requires adequate numbers of<br />

jobs, which requires economic<br />

growth, which requires a firm anchoring<br />

in economic globalization.<br />

So it is no coincidence that first<br />

China and then India have joined<br />

economic globalization and its institutions.<br />

There is much talk about China<br />

and its growing military muscle, but<br />

all indications are that China’s leaders<br />

worry more about domestic unrest<br />

than military aggression. Foreign<br />

powers enter this equation only as<br />

instigators of social unrest, which explains<br />

the Chinese sensitivity about<br />

the Dalai Lama, Tibet, Taiwan, the<br />

Uighur people, and the Falun Gong<br />

religious movement. India seems to<br />

be more relaxed, but behind the curtain<br />

the same kind of problems harass<br />

policy making: The Indian states<br />

go their own way, and terrorist<br />

groups of both political and religious<br />

nature cast doubt upon the state of<br />

human security.<br />

Political leaders do not see war as<br />

a continuation of politics by other<br />

means, but rather as the ultimate catastrophe<br />

throwing their nations into<br />

chaos and wiping out decades of<br />

hard work that gave their populations<br />

a better life. They do not harbor<br />

aggressive designs toward any other<br />

nation-states or see gain of territory<br />

as a reasonable objective. They have<br />

enough already on their plates. The<br />

Chinese perception of Taiwan is that<br />

it is part of China, and as long as this<br />

perception is not disturbed, things<br />

can go on as they have for years.<br />

Only one point may trigger an<br />

armed conflict, and that is a Chinese<br />

attempt to divert the water flowing<br />

from the glaciers in the Himalayas<br />

away from the Indian rivers to<br />

China. If China does this, India will<br />

see its survival under threat, legitimizing<br />

any action it takes to ensure<br />

that the water still flows to India.<br />

China is well aware of Indian concerns.<br />

Some observers see a future war<br />

between China and the United States<br />

as an almost certain result of the U.S.<br />

decline and Chinese ascension. This<br />

projection is based on the theory that<br />

no superpower has ever been replaced<br />

by another one without a war.<br />

That observation can be disputed,<br />

but suffice it to note that, if such a<br />

war erupts, the trigger will likely be<br />

declining interest in economic globalization.<br />

That cannot be ruled out,<br />

especially if the U.S. economic downturn<br />

continues and allows China’s<br />

economy to knock the United States<br />

SOUTHEAST ASIAN FARMER BY LEEUWTJE / ISTOCKPHOTO<br />

off its perch. And even if the United<br />

States were to win a war, the costs<br />

would be tremendous and in a bestcase<br />

scenario only postpone the ultimate<br />

decline of American power.<br />

A New Paradigm for Growth<br />

We often take present social structures<br />

for granted and forget that the<br />

architecture of societies undergoes<br />

change all the time. The industrial<br />

model—with mass consumption as<br />

the economic driver, freely using raw<br />

materials, focusing upon the individual,<br />

and built on the nation-state—<br />

has been with us for 200 years, but is<br />

by no means an indispensable part<br />

of human civilization. The successor<br />

to the industrial model is in the<br />

wings, and we may not have to wait<br />

long for it to emerge.<br />

New trends may emerge and<br />

shape a new societal model. A more<br />

likely scenario, however, is a comeback<br />

for classic values that are embedded<br />

in traditional societies but<br />

have been lost in industrialized culture.<br />

Based on its cultural heritage,<br />

Asia is much closer to supporting<br />

such a reversal than the Western<br />

world, especially the United States.<br />

The Abrahamic religions (Judaism,<br />

Christianity, and Islam) tend to view<br />

nature as of secondary importance<br />

because God is regarded as above<br />

nature and God created man. So the<br />

exploitation of nature and its resources<br />

introduced by industrialization<br />

met no religious obstacles.<br />

Asia’s religions and philosophies<br />

take a different view. One of the key<br />

messages in Hinduism is the presence<br />

of God in everything. A river or<br />

70 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


FARM IN DONGCHUAN, CHINA, BY JIANG YAN / ISTOCKPHOTO<br />

“The two crucial challenges to the current<br />

worldview—to change the pattern of materialistic<br />

consumption and switch from individualism to<br />

group behavior—find support more in traditional<br />

Asian values than in Western ones.”<br />

BONGEUNSA TEMPLE AND GANGNAM IN SEOUL, SOUTH KOREA, BY MIN-GYU SEONG / ISTOCKPHOTO<br />

while the law and litigation are for<br />

non-civilized people—those who do<br />

not know or who reject common values.<br />

In Japan, the equivalent code is<br />

a mix of Buddhism and Shinto called<br />

syncretism.<br />

The two crucial challenges to the<br />

current worldview—to change the<br />

pattern of materialistic consumption<br />

and switch from individualism to<br />

group behavior—find support more<br />

in traditional Asian values than in<br />

Western ones.<br />

That Asia can and perhaps will<br />

find solutions to its problems by invoking<br />

traditional values may be<br />

countered by the fact that, so far,<br />

very little of this has been seen. Asia<br />

has happily jumped into the box of<br />

Western values, adopting them almost<br />

unchanged.<br />

However, there is little doubt that<br />

continued application of this model<br />

will lead Asia—and the world—into<br />

disaster. Arnold Toynbee taught that<br />

civilization is built upon “response<br />

to challenge.” To avoid a meltdown<br />

in the maelstrom of environmental<br />

degradation, social unrest, and competition<br />

for ever scarcer resources,<br />

Asia must respond. It is possible—<br />

maybe even plausible—that this response<br />

will take the form of reintroa<br />

tree can be holy. Buddhism does<br />

not set human beings above nature,<br />

as the Abrahamic religions do. Confucianism<br />

and Taoism teach that<br />

people are part of nature, and so human<br />

beings do not have the right to<br />

exploit nature.<br />

Both China and India have long<br />

been governed by the “rule of man”<br />

instead of the “rule of law.” By<br />

adopting a common set of values,<br />

people knew how to behave vis-à-vis<br />

others and did not rely on written<br />

texts such as laws or regulations.<br />

Values and ethics governed relations<br />

among citizens. Conflicts were rare,<br />

and most of those that surfaced were<br />

solved by mediation, such as by elders<br />

or highly esteemed individuals<br />

who could find common values in<br />

opposing views. Typically, there was<br />

no “winner,” but rather an attempt<br />

to resolve disputes in a way that all<br />

parties can live with.<br />

The Confucian Code of Rites (Liji)<br />

controls civilized behavior by laying<br />

down norms, ethics, and values. The<br />

law is only brought into the picture<br />

when dealing with people who do<br />

not respect shared values and therefore<br />

fall outside civilized behavior.<br />

Relations between civilized people<br />

are governed by ethics and values,<br />

ducing cultural values that have<br />

been dormant—but not forgotten—<br />

during Asia’s industrialization.<br />

What has not yet fully been understood<br />

is that the modern worldview<br />

is moving away from distribution of<br />

benefits—ingrained in the industrial<br />

model and mass consumption—to<br />

burden sharing imposed by increasing<br />

scarcities. The societies that find<br />

the key to doing this, minimizing<br />

friction among their citizens and<br />

with the rest of the world, will be the<br />

winners.<br />

❑<br />

About the Author<br />

Joergen Oerstroem Moeller<br />

is a visiting senior research<br />

fellow at the Institute of<br />

Southeast Asian Studies in<br />

Singapore, an adjunct professor<br />

at Singapore Management<br />

University and<br />

Copenhagen Business School, and a member<br />

of the World Future Society’s Global Advisory<br />

Council. He is a former Danish ambassador<br />

to Singapore, Brunei Darussalam,<br />

Australia, and New Zealand. Web site<br />

www.oerstroemmoeller.com; E-mail<br />

joergen@oerstroemmoeller.com.<br />

This article draws from his forthcoming<br />

book, How Asia Can Shape the World,<br />

which will set out in a more elaborate way<br />

the views expressed here.<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 71


ÖZGÜR DONMAZ / ISTOCKPHOTO<br />

Strategies for Livi<br />

Advances in science and medicine<br />

promise to increase both the<br />

quality of human life and life expectancy.<br />

If the current research assaults<br />

on cancer and heart disease<br />

are successful, there would be a major<br />

impact on the lives and probable<br />

longevity of baby boomers, who will<br />

be in their 70s and 80s in 2025. A<br />

great many boomers could live very<br />

long lives, possibly fulfilling the prediction<br />

by antiaging physician Ron<br />

Klatz that more than half of baby<br />

boomers will live healthy lives beyond<br />

100.<br />

Increasingly, medical science is<br />

also providing crucial repairs and reconstructions,<br />

such as tissue, hip,<br />

and knee replacements, with organ<br />

replacements a promise for the<br />

future. These advancements offer individuals<br />

the ability to deal with<br />

conditions that would otherwise be<br />

confining or crippling.<br />

Beyond the research that is increasing<br />

life expectancy, science is<br />

also exploring ways to extend the<br />

human life span beyond 120 years.<br />

Research into telomeres and telomerase<br />

suggest that it may be possible to<br />

prevent the shortening of telomeres<br />

or possibly rejuvenate them. If successful,<br />

this could be one avenue toward<br />

increasing life spans. (A telomere<br />

is a region of the chromosome<br />

that protects it from deterioration.)<br />

There are broad implications for<br />

society as people live longer or much<br />

longer lives. The lengthening of life<br />

may be gradual or sudden. If both<br />

cancer and heart disease become<br />

“curable” by 2025, there could be a<br />

substantial leap in longevity. The impacts<br />

could be enormous. The U.S.<br />

Social Security system, for example,<br />

could be in serious trouble.<br />

On the other hand, boomers who<br />

realize that they may live to 100 and<br />

still be healthy could elect to stay in<br />

the workforce for an extra decade or<br />

more to build up their retirement<br />

plans and maintain their current incomes.<br />

Moreover, working seniors<br />

anticipating very long lives may<br />

postpone their withdrawals from Social<br />

Security in order to maximize<br />

their income when they do start collecting.<br />

So if the human life span is extended<br />

beyond 120 years, then immortality,<br />

or at least extremely long<br />

lives, must be considered. What will<br />

people do to keep life interesting,<br />

whether they live extra decades or<br />

extra centuries? If you were told that<br />

you could live to 110 in good health,<br />

how would that change your life?<br />

What would you do differently than<br />

you would if you expected your life<br />

to end in your 80s? Instead of only<br />

expecting several years of retirement,<br />

you’d be getting decades.<br />

Life at 140?<br />

Here is how to think about the<br />

“quality of life” as you grow older—<br />

much older. Will you be happy with<br />

your life in your 90s, or even your<br />

140s? What would provide a preferred<br />

quality of life, or happiness?<br />

Would simply being alive and<br />

healthy be sufficient?<br />

To start, we can divide our lives<br />

into six personal domains or categories,<br />

then project some of the major<br />

forces that will affect these domains<br />

in the future and outline personal<br />

strategies for addressing these forces<br />

and creating a positive outcome.<br />

These domains are:<br />

1. Activities.<br />

2. Finances.<br />

72 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


Personal futuring will get more complicated in the<br />

future. Try planning for your “old age” when you might<br />

live to 120—or longer! A futurist offers some tips.<br />

By Verne Wheelwright<br />

ng a Very Long Life<br />

3. Health.<br />

4. Housing.<br />

5. Social.<br />

6. Transportation.<br />

Within this format of personal domains<br />

we will explore some of the<br />

impacts and choices of a very long<br />

life for individuals, considering both<br />

positives and negatives in each domain.<br />

Activities: Keeping Busy<br />

As a Centenarian<br />

If you do live to be 100 or more,<br />

what will you be able to do, and<br />

what will you want to do?<br />

If people know they can live long,<br />

healthy lives, they may extend their<br />

present careers, plan for or choose<br />

multiple careers, do volunteer work,<br />

or stop working altogether. They<br />

may seek further education, whether<br />

in preparation for a new career, to<br />

upgrade their skills, or just for the<br />

learning experience. Others may<br />

turn a hobby into a new career. Some<br />

individuals may find that a career as<br />

a full-time or part-time caregiver for<br />

a spouse or parent(s) has become<br />

their new role.<br />

The decision to retire from work is<br />

more than a financial decision; it is a<br />

decision that affects every domain,<br />

although most obviously the activities<br />

domain. If you retire at 65, what<br />

will you be doing in your 80s, 90s, or<br />

possibly much longer? If you are 65<br />

now, you will only be 80 in 2025, and<br />

expectations are high that benefits<br />

from advances in treatment of heart<br />

disease and cancer will increase your<br />

life expectancy. Those advances may<br />

be sufficient to take you to 2040. By<br />

then, it is possible that the human<br />

life span may also be increased.<br />

• The Future: For those who want<br />

to work late into life, there may be<br />

challenges. Some careers—such as<br />

airline pilots, military personnel, police<br />

officers, and even teachers—have<br />

mandatory retirement rules or laws<br />

in place that limit the age of workers.<br />

Some countries have mandatory retirement<br />

ages, but worldwide, attitudes<br />

and rules are changing. By the<br />

time the baby boomers reach their<br />

80s, the barriers may be gone.<br />

Will you want to work full time,<br />

and if so, to what age? A recent<br />

article in BusinessWeek details the<br />

growth in demand for temporary<br />

and contract workers. This is an area<br />

that may prove attractive to older<br />

workers who have their own health<br />

insurance (Medicare in the United<br />

States) and wish to take breaks between<br />

employment assignments.<br />

“As healthy lifetimes extend beyond 100,<br />

people may cycle through multiple careers<br />

and continued education.”<br />

Discretionary time appears to be important<br />

to people, and the ability to<br />

take temporary leave, then return to<br />

the labor force from time to time,<br />

may appeal to older workers.<br />

Individuals who elect to stop<br />

working will have time to pursue<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 73


sports and hobbies, travel, and<br />

spend time with grandchildren or in<br />

their later years even great-great<br />

grandchildren. A current generation<br />

in retirement has found that technology<br />

has provided broad access to information,<br />

instant news updates, entertainment,<br />

easy communication<br />

worldwide, and lots of ways to fill<br />

time. Yet, a life filled with little more<br />

than television, reading, or e-mails<br />

can become unsatisfying or even<br />

boring.<br />

For many people who are aging in<br />

good health, this may be a time for<br />

adventure. That may include extensive<br />

travel, time in the wilderness,<br />

outdoor sports, or participating in<br />

events for which they have not had<br />

time during their working lives. Another<br />

option that older people are<br />

taking advantage of is education.<br />

Many are returning to school to take<br />

your leisure time. Therefore, learning<br />

opportunities and periods of formal<br />

or informal training may still be<br />

among your activities.<br />

Finances: Paying for<br />

The Future<br />

Finances—income, expenses, investments,<br />

insurance, credit cards,<br />

debt, taxes, and assets—is the domain<br />

that usually receives the greatest<br />

attention when people start planning<br />

for retirement and their future<br />

in later years. In large part, this is because<br />

your financial situation can either<br />

enhance or limit your options in<br />

all other domains. If you don’t have<br />

adequate income to cover your<br />

needs and your wants, your life will<br />

be restricted.<br />

Currently, even those who do have<br />

retirement savings may find that<br />

“One effective strategy is to learn, at any age,<br />

to live below your means.”<br />

advanced degrees to prepare for new<br />

careers or simply for the learning experience.<br />

As healthy lifetimes extend<br />

beyond 100, people may cycle<br />

through multiple careers and continued<br />

education. The increasing availability<br />

of college courses online and<br />

course materials from top-quality institutions<br />

may further the desire for<br />

higher and higher education.<br />

One thing favoring older people<br />

who want to continue working is the<br />

ability to work from anywhere.<br />

Computers, the Internet, smart<br />

phones, online software, conferencing,<br />

and a growing array of tools allow<br />

people to work successfully outside<br />

of traditional offices, because<br />

the tools can follow the worker.<br />

• Strategies: As you think about<br />

your own future and the possibilities<br />

of a very long life, consider what activities<br />

will keep you enthusiastic<br />

about life when you are 100 or even<br />

150. What would you like to be doing<br />

at those ages?<br />

Keep in mind that even staying<br />

up-to-speed with rapidly changing<br />

communications and entertainment<br />

technologies will demand much of<br />

what seemed enough for a lifetime<br />

20 years ago no longer yields sufficient<br />

income to pay all the bills. Income<br />

and assets may also be reduced<br />

upon the death of a spouse,<br />

and expenses can skyrocket with a<br />

serious illness.<br />

One major investment for most<br />

families is their home. In the past,<br />

people (and lenders) expected mortgages<br />

to be paid off before retirement,<br />

but attitudes appear to have<br />

changed, so some elders will be<br />

forced to continue working in order<br />

to meet their obligations. In 2007,<br />

about 68% of older homeowners<br />

owned their homes free and clear,<br />

according to the Administration on<br />

Aging, which suggests that nearly a<br />

third of older homeowners still carry<br />

a mortgage.<br />

• The Future: One important<br />

question every individual should answer<br />

is, “How long must I work before<br />

I can afford not to work for the<br />

rest of my life?” Once you know the<br />

answer to that question, you can<br />

then develop strategies that meet<br />

your financial needs and your preferred<br />

lifestyle.<br />

What will be the long-term source<br />

or sources of your income? What<br />

events could interrupt or reduce<br />

those sources? For example, many<br />

seniors have invested in certificates<br />

of deposit (CDs) because they were<br />

secure. The problem they discovered<br />

is that, when the economy falls, interest<br />

rates on CDs also fall, reducing<br />

income. Other investments, including<br />

stocks, bonds, commodities,<br />

currencies, and real estate, are also<br />

vulnerable to market changes.<br />

• Strategies: One effective strategy<br />

is to learn, at any age, to live below<br />

your means.<br />

Do not be too trusting. Older<br />

people are targets for fraud and<br />

scams.<br />

Decide who will manage your<br />

money, either as your adviser or as a<br />

representative if you are no longer<br />

able to manage. If you (or you and<br />

your spouse) are managing your<br />

money and investments now, could<br />

your spouse take over the responsibility<br />

for managing your finances<br />

very late in life? If not, who?<br />

Be extremely cautious about giving<br />

control over any of your assets to<br />

any one individual, no matter how<br />

close or competent that individual<br />

may appear. Multiple individuals, as<br />

in a trust, may be safer. A trust is a<br />

legal vehicle that can include several<br />

people who should be protecting<br />

your interest. An additional consideration<br />

is that a trust may exist for<br />

many decades, while individual advisers<br />

may not.<br />

Health: Staying Alive<br />

And Thriving<br />

Health encompasses your physical<br />

and mental health, including health<br />

care, nutrition, exercise, medications,<br />

and prevention of illness or injury.<br />

If you are sick or disabled, the<br />

overall quality of your life may be<br />

affected or limited. There are some<br />

health conditions that can be managed<br />

with regular medication. High<br />

blood pressure or enlarged prostate<br />

are examples of conditions that can<br />

affect the quality of your life, but can<br />

be controlled with regular treatment.<br />

Diabetes can generally be managed<br />

with monitoring and careful attention<br />

to diet.<br />

All of these conditions become<br />

74 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


“Your body and mind will still require<br />

maintenance and care to avoid illness<br />

and prevent deterioration.”<br />

more common as one gets older, so it<br />

is not unusual for people in their 70s<br />

and 80s to take multiple medications<br />

every day to control or manage their<br />

conditions. Yet, most of these people<br />

are able to enjoy high quality of life.<br />

• The Future: The big changes in<br />

medical science that are on the horizon<br />

will be largely related to cures<br />

and repairs, followed by maintenance.<br />

More types of cancer will be<br />

controlled or cured, adding many<br />

years of life for recovered patients.<br />

New treatments will replace chemotherapy<br />

and radiation, relieving patients<br />

of some of the severe effects of<br />

treatment and improving quality of<br />

life.<br />

Although medical science will<br />

probably reduce many of the risks of<br />

disease and death, science may not<br />

be able to stop the aging process in<br />

the foreseeable future. Your body<br />

and mind will still require maintenance<br />

and care to avoid illness and<br />

prevent deterioration.<br />

You should plan to work at keeping<br />

your body healthy and in good<br />

condition. The physical condition of<br />

your body when you are 50 or 60<br />

will provide the foundation for the<br />

rest of your life. If you enter your 60s<br />

in buoyant health and physical condition,<br />

you have a much better<br />

chance of retaining that condition<br />

into much later life. If you are already<br />

declining in health and physical<br />

condition at 60, you will have to<br />

work extra hard to get up to normal<br />

and to maintain good health.<br />

Alzheimer’s and other brain conditions<br />

or diseases appear directly<br />

associated with aging. Research is<br />

promising, but could take decades to<br />

find answers for some conditions. In<br />

the meantime, there appears to be<br />

considerable benefit in mental and<br />

physical exercise, as well as in maintaining<br />

multiple social relationships.<br />

• Strategies: Some powerful advice<br />

comes from James Rowe and<br />

Robert Kahn, authors of Successful<br />

Aging (Dell, 1998). They offer three<br />

Housing: Planning<br />

Where to Live<br />

Substantial numbers of people<br />

over 60 move to a different address.<br />

For many, this is simply downsizing<br />

from the family home, but for a great<br />

number, this is an opportunity to<br />

move to a new neighborhood, a<br />

warmer climate, get out of the city,<br />

or even move to a different country.<br />

Some become “snowbirds,” living in<br />

a northern climate part of the year<br />

and in a southern climate the rest of<br />

the year. As elders have aged, there<br />

has been a progression from homes<br />

to care facilities (or with relatives), to<br />

nursing homes, or to hospices.<br />

• The Future: Historically, about<br />

30% of noninstitutionalized elders<br />

live alone, and most of those are<br />

women. This statistic may change<br />

dramatically if life expectancy increases<br />

substantially in the future. A<br />

number of housing alternatives have<br />

come into existence over the past 50<br />

years: group homes, adult communities,<br />

retirement communities, continuing<br />

care retirement communities,<br />

and assisted living facilities, each offering<br />

advantages and alternatives.<br />

An increasingly popular option is receiving<br />

care at home.<br />

As people grow older, they may<br />

find themselves or their spouses in<br />

any of four different stages of life:<br />

• Independent.<br />

• Vulnerable (needs some help).<br />

• Dependent (requires care daily).<br />

• End of life (daily care or hospice<br />

care).<br />

Each of these four stages can take<br />

place in a family residence, but some<br />

preparation of the home is necessary;<br />

the last two stages often require a<br />

full-time caregiver. The alternative is<br />

a care facility, such as an assisted livspecific<br />

components of successful<br />

aging: avoid disease, engage with<br />

life, and maintain high cognitive and<br />

physical function.<br />

Nobody gets sick or injured on<br />

purpose, but a lot of people have<br />

health problems simply because they<br />

are not taking precautions to prevent<br />

those problems. Smoking and inhaling<br />

polluted air make people sick,<br />

but millions of people worldwide<br />

continue to smoke and breathe polluted<br />

air every year. Improper diet<br />

can cause diseases, including diabetes,<br />

but again, millions have the<br />

problem but have not changed their<br />

eating habits.<br />

Inoculations can prevent disease,<br />

regular screenings can detect disease,<br />

and simple hygiene can stop<br />

bacteria from gaining a foothold. So<br />

yes, it is possible to avoid many diseases,<br />

illnesses, or conditions by being<br />

aware of your health and taking<br />

reasonable precautions.<br />

Strive for early detection of any<br />

disease or condition with screenings<br />

and regular examinations.<br />

Exercise your brain and your body<br />

throughout your life. The human<br />

mind and the human body both<br />

seem to thrive on exercise. Diet is<br />

also very important in this area. Both<br />

the brain and the body need the<br />

right nutrients.<br />

You should also be aware of how<br />

to protect your mind and body, including<br />

your eyesight, hearing,<br />

joints, organs, and skin.<br />

If you become sick, suffer injury,<br />

or have surgery or other problems,<br />

get completely well as quickly as<br />

you can. Do the therapy. These are<br />

not times to waste energy on anger,<br />

self-pity, or pride, but times to focus<br />

all your energy on making as full a<br />

recovery as possible as quickly as<br />

possible. Why quickly? When you<br />

have a weakness in your body or<br />

mind, that weakness may make you<br />

vulnerable to some other illness or<br />

injury.<br />

When medications are prescribed,<br />

take them for as long as the doctor<br />

says to continue. If in doubt, ask.<br />

People have strokes, die, or suffer serious<br />

consequences from stopping<br />

medication inappropriately.<br />

Take advantage of medical technology<br />

whenever it is appropriate.<br />

Older people often suffer for years<br />

from problems that can be treated.<br />

Knee and hip replacements are examples<br />

of currently available remedies,<br />

and many more will be developed<br />

in the coming years.<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 75


ing or nursing home.<br />

• Strategies: What kind of housing<br />

would you prefer if either you or<br />

your spouse needs long-term care?<br />

Think in terms of your first three<br />

choices, because different conditions<br />

may require different solutions. Or<br />

you might approach the subject from<br />

the opposite direction: Which are the<br />

least-desirable choices for long-term<br />

care? Nursing homes should be considered<br />

if skilled care is required, so<br />

it is important to know what is available<br />

and what the differences are between<br />

nursing homes. The Medicare<br />

Web site (www.medicare.gov) offers<br />

Nursing Home Compare, which can<br />

give you valuable insights into comparing<br />

nursing homes, and also offers<br />

alternatives.<br />

Even before you make any kind of<br />

move, make your present home safe<br />

and easy to live in at all ages. Consider<br />

preparing your home for caregiving<br />

should it be necessary on a<br />

temporary basis or longer.<br />

You and your spouse will benefit<br />

by discussing, understanding, and<br />

writing down each other’s housing<br />

or care preferences for each potential<br />

future life stage.<br />

Social: Relationships<br />

Matter<br />

The Social realm covers your relationships<br />

with family, friends, acquaintances,<br />

co-workers, advisers,<br />

and other people.<br />

One of the first things that people<br />

notice when they retire from fulltime<br />

work is that they have lost their<br />

social “roles.” For years, they have<br />

been associated with a career, a company,<br />

and a position, and all of this is<br />

suddenly gone. Also for years, they<br />

have spent large amounts of time<br />

with co-workers, clients, and even<br />

competitors, many of whom they<br />

viewed as friends. Suddenly, the link<br />

is broken, and all those people are<br />

no longer a real part of one’s life.<br />

Some friendships will continue, but<br />

most will probably fade quickly.<br />

Roles may change in other ways as<br />

well, such as when one spouse becomes<br />

responsible for care for the<br />

other, or when a child becomes<br />

responsible for a parent.<br />

In many cases of role loss or change,<br />

people go through the equivalent of a<br />

grieving process (denial, anger, bargaining,<br />

depression, and acceptance).<br />

In the case of retirement, some will be<br />

relieved and ecstatic to be free. In either<br />

case, they eventually find new<br />

roles and go on with life.<br />

In earlier generations, older<br />

people who became widows (or<br />

widowers) or required care moved<br />

into their children’s homes. This still<br />

occurs, yet a significant number of<br />

older people indicate that they will<br />

seek other alternatives, as they do<br />

not want to burden their children.<br />

• The Future: Although there is<br />

an expectation that baby boomers<br />

may live very long lives, many<br />

people in the generations ahead of<br />

the boomers are already living very<br />

long lives. Some boomers may find<br />

themselves in their 80s and caring<br />

for parents who are centenarians.<br />

Who will be your family and your<br />

friends when you are in your 90s or<br />

older? A recent poll of 100 centenarians<br />

suggested that being close to<br />

family and friends was the most important<br />

factor in healthy aging.<br />

If your parents are boomers or<br />

younger, they may live past 100. If<br />

their health fails, will you participate<br />

in their care or management?<br />

As people live longer, they are<br />

likely to have larger extended families.<br />

At 100, you might have four or<br />

five generations of living descendants.<br />

Think about those numbers<br />

and assume approximately 20 years<br />

between generations. When you are<br />

100 or more, your children could be<br />

80, your grandchildren 60, your<br />

great grandchildren 40, your greatgreat<br />

grandchildren 20, and your<br />

great-great-great grandchildren infants.<br />

A person who lives to 150<br />

might be a great-great-great-greatgreat<br />

grandparent!<br />

As you grow older, friends and<br />

family members will die. One of the<br />

great concerns of many very old<br />

people at the present is that they<br />

have no friends. They have lost their<br />

social networks. This suggests that<br />

maintaining and continuing to build<br />

your social networks may be very<br />

important.<br />

Further, when people move to<br />

nursing homes or other institutional<br />

settings, it can become very difficult<br />

to maintain normal social relationships<br />

with friends. Suddenly your<br />

friends must always come to where<br />

you are, and under whatever rules or<br />

surroundings are imposed by the<br />

caregiving organization. If you are<br />

suffering from Alzheimer’s or are too<br />

sick to talk with visitors, this probably<br />

doesn’t matter. But if you are still<br />

healthy and able to socialize, you<br />

may be better off to explore other alternatives.<br />

That may involve remaining<br />

in your own home and receiving<br />

whatever assistance you need there,<br />

or moving to a facility that supports<br />

your efforts to maintain relationships<br />

with friends and family.<br />

Computers, the Internet, and networking<br />

have already changed how<br />

people socialize. Families that have<br />

spread apart over great physical distances<br />

are able to exchange e-mails<br />

frequently and talk together face to<br />

face on their computers with the aid<br />

of webcams and services such as<br />

Skype. It seems logical to expect that<br />

new services will be introduced that<br />

keep families, friends, and acquaintances<br />

in close contact, possibly with<br />

the aid of 3-D avatars or holographic<br />

“At 100, you might have four or five<br />

generations of living descendants.”<br />

images as technologies are enhanced<br />

and new approaches introduced.<br />

• Strategies: Make an effort to build<br />

and nurture relationships with family<br />

members and friends at every age level.<br />

Anticipate that individual roles<br />

will change, particularly upon retirement,<br />

but at other times as well.<br />

Become involved in organizations<br />

where you can contribute your time<br />

and your knowledge while interacting<br />

with other people.<br />

Participate in activities and organizations<br />

wherever you have an interest.<br />

There are several legal documents<br />

that every individual should consider.<br />

Preparing these documents<br />

76 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


“The future may usher in new alternatives<br />

for personal transportation, such as<br />

exoskeletons that can help you stand, walk,<br />

run, and perform other personal activities.”<br />

will assure that your interests are<br />

protected or met in the future:<br />

• Will.<br />

• Directive to physician (e.g.,<br />

“Do Not Resuscitate”).<br />

• Medical power of attorney.<br />

• Financial power of attorney.<br />

Transportation:<br />

Alternatives for Mobility<br />

Transportation encompasses all of<br />

your various mobility needs and the<br />

methods available, including walking,<br />

personal transport, and public<br />

transportation.<br />

In the United States, the automobile<br />

is probably the most important<br />

form of personal transportation.<br />

Consequently, a driver’s license can<br />

be very important to people of any<br />

age, including seniors who are often<br />

at risk of losing their driving privileges<br />

due to an age-related condition,<br />

such as poor vision. Older<br />

people have most of the same needs<br />

as the rest of the population. They<br />

must go to food markets, doctor appointments,<br />

pharmacies, and elsewhere<br />

to meet their needs.<br />

Some senior-living facilities offer<br />

transportation for their residents, an<br />

important service. Some communities<br />

provide door-to-door bus services,<br />

but other public transportation<br />

follows a fixed route or may not be<br />

manageable.<br />

Even more important than transportation<br />

as we usually think about<br />

it is mobility—i.e., the ability to get<br />

around in the most basic sense,<br />

walking. For individuals who are<br />

unable to walk, or are limited, there<br />

are options, including wheelchairs,<br />

scooters, or other aids to mobility.<br />

• The Future: The future may usher<br />

in new alternatives for personal<br />

transportation, such as exoskeletons<br />

that can help you stand, walk, run,<br />

and perform other personal activities.<br />

Wheelchair technology has already<br />

evolved into chairs that can<br />

climb stairs and raise the passenger<br />

to eye level to hold a more normal<br />

conversation; other innovative products<br />

will be introduced as well.<br />

Scooters and motorized wheelchairs<br />

have become common, enabling<br />

people who would otherwise be disabled<br />

to live independent lives.<br />

One of the exciting technologies<br />

on the horizon is intelligent or selfdriving<br />

cars. Driverless systems are<br />

being tested, largely as a result of the<br />

successes in the DARPA competitions,<br />

and are expected to be available<br />

to the public before 2020. This<br />

technology could fill a substantial<br />

need for older drivers, presuming<br />

that licensing requirements are adjusted<br />

to recognize driverless cars.<br />

• Strategies: Beyond automobiles,<br />

each individual or family must consider<br />

what their transportation<br />

needs will be in the future. Is it important<br />

to be near bike paths, a waterway,<br />

an airport, or a rail station?<br />

Try to anticipate your transportation<br />

and mobility needs about 10<br />

years in advance. Is your home suitable<br />

if you would need to use a<br />

walker or wheelchair? Is it near public<br />

transportation or car-sharing services?<br />

If you move to a new home,<br />

consider how you will meet your<br />

transportation needs if you can no<br />

longer drive or provide your own<br />

transportation.<br />

Conclusion: Preparing Your<br />

Personal Future<br />

Exploring these six domains<br />

within each individual’s life offers<br />

an opportunity to see life from different<br />

perspectives and at great<br />

depth. Most important, the domains<br />

provide platforms from which to explore<br />

the long-term future in detail.<br />

The discussion here should raise<br />

questions in each domain that readers<br />

can explore on their own.<br />

Overall, one valuable inference that<br />

can be drawn here is that people of<br />

any age who are in good health today<br />

should be prepared to live to be centenarians.<br />

Obviously, not everyone<br />

will reach 100, but the numbers are<br />

increasing. It appears worthwhile to<br />

develop a strategy or at least a contingency<br />

plan for living beyond 100.<br />

For the younger generations, say<br />

younger than 50, it is reasonable to<br />

expect that life spans will increase<br />

during your lifetime and that your<br />

“People of any age who are in good health<br />

today should be prepared to live to be<br />

centenarians.”<br />

potential for a very long life will rise<br />

dramatically.<br />

For all ages, an effective strategy is<br />

to create a personal strategic plan for<br />

the next 10 years of your life, then<br />

update it regularly. Beyond that, you<br />

can create a vision of your future at<br />

110, or, if you are under 50 now, a vision<br />

for life at 150.<br />

Then you will be prepared for<br />

whatever life brings.<br />

❏<br />

About the Author<br />

Verne Wheelwright is an internationally<br />

recognized professional<br />

in the field of Foresight<br />

and Futures Studies.<br />

He is the author of It’s YOUR<br />

Future … Make It A Good<br />

One! (2010) and The Personal<br />

Futures Workbook, which is available as<br />

a free download at www.personalfutures.net.<br />

This article draws from his chapter in the<br />

World Future Society’s 2010 conference<br />

volume, Strategies and Technologies for a<br />

Sustainable Future (WFS, 2010).<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 77


Building a Better<br />

Future for Haiti<br />

The former Haitian ambassador to the United States visited the<br />

offices of the World Future Society in January, seeking help for<br />

rebuilding his country. This remarkable meeting offered the<br />

Society the opportunity to outline the futuring process and to<br />

clarify what it can—and cannot—do.<br />

PHOTOS: KENDRA HELMER, USAID<br />

Rebuilding Haiti, both in towns and in rural areas, will require foresight and collaboration. Top: A worker moves plywood past a mural depicting<br />

transitional shelters. Bottom: Cabbage grows at USAID-funded facility to train farmers in sustainable water management.<br />

78 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>


Left to right: Raymond<br />

Alcide Joseph, Ambassador<br />

of Haiti to the United<br />

States (2004-2010);<br />

Timothy Mack, President,<br />

World Future Society;<br />

Emmanuel Henry, retired<br />

executive of Panasonic;<br />

Cynthia G. Wagner,<br />

Editor, THE FUTURIST;<br />

Paul Joseph, son of<br />

Ambassador Joseph, who<br />

works as a futurist, activist,<br />

and humanitarian.<br />

WORLD FUTURE SOCIETY<br />

At its small office in downtown Bethesda, Maryland, the World Future Society recently welcomed<br />

Raymond Joseph, the former Haitian ambassador to the United States. He was accompanied by<br />

his son, Paul Joseph—a futurist and activist—and Emmanuel Henry—a retired Panasonic executive.<br />

The goal of the meeting was to explore ways that futuring tools can help rebuild a nation.<br />

Joseph is an ambitious man. Not only does he want to save his own country, but he also wants<br />

Haiti to become a role model for other countries written off as “failed states” with no futures.<br />

As one of many would-be candidates in Haiti’s 2010 presidential election whose eligibility was<br />

revoked (allegedly because he had abandoned his duties as ambassador in order to make a bid<br />

for the presidency), Joseph conceded that his ambitions are political. The first thing his country<br />

needs, he said, is leadership based on trust.<br />

The Josephs and their compatriot Henry, who helped manage the “Friends of Raymond Joseph<br />

for President” campaign in 2010, spoke with Society President Timothy Mack and FUTURIST<br />

magazine editor Cynthia G. Wagner on January 13, one day after the first anniversary of Haiti’s<br />

devastating earthquake.<br />

The following is an edited transcript of the discussion that took place in our office.<br />

Raymond Joseph: I was in Washington<br />

at the time [when the earthquake<br />

struck Haiti on January 12,<br />

2010]. The [Haitian] leadership was<br />

absent, they were not to be seen anywhere,<br />

so all of a sudden I became<br />

the face of Haiti for the world. And I<br />

had to make the first decisions in the<br />

first 48 hours, to get help to the<br />

country.<br />

Based on that, quite a few of my<br />

friends, both Haitian and foreign,<br />

came to me and said, “You know<br />

what? We need new leadership in<br />

Haiti. You should consider the president’s<br />

candidacy,” which I did. And<br />

for no reason at all, they disqualified<br />

me.<br />

Mack: Let me speak frankly to<br />

you. I believe they felt they had lots<br />

of reasons, because you posed a<br />

threat. You were too well known and<br />

too popular.<br />

Raymond Joseph: Yes, because of<br />

that I was a threat. Yesterday I wrote<br />

a piece in The Wall Street Journal, and<br />

in there I say what needs to be done<br />

if we’re going to get Haiti back on<br />

track. And what I said should be<br />

done is for the president who’s there<br />

now, whose term ends February 7th,<br />

to exit on February 7th with his team<br />

and not try to hang on as he wants to<br />

until May 14th. Because in three<br />

more months, he will not be able to<br />

accomplish what he could not do in<br />

five years.<br />

I was quite forceful in that and<br />

quite forceful last night again, repeating<br />

it. Now, what I seek in<br />

[terms of] government for Haiti is a<br />

large coalition, and that’s what I’m<br />

working for, that’s why I stayed in<br />

the country after they disqualified<br />

me. They thought I was going to go<br />

back abroad. I did not do that.<br />

I feel that we need to look at ways<br />

of changing Haiti. And to do that,<br />

we have to change the leadership.<br />

That’s what I’m working on.<br />

But besides changing the leadership<br />

of Haiti, people know that I<br />

have some ideas for the future. One<br />

of the ideas I have is about energy,<br />

… and another major idea for us is<br />

reforestation.<br />

To get moving on these things, I<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 79


feel that we have to entice<br />

a percentage of Haitian<br />

intellectuals and professionals<br />

living abroad. …<br />

According to the Inter-<br />

American Development<br />

Bank, that’s 83% of our<br />

intellectuals and professionals.<br />

I feel we have to<br />

entice a percentage of<br />

them to come back.<br />

Wagner: To reverse the<br />

brain drain.<br />

Raymond Joseph: To<br />

reverse the brain drain.<br />

So, knowing that you work with the<br />

future, I felt I may come and tell you<br />

what I think I need.<br />

Mack: Well, let us be honest in the<br />

sense of full disclosure. We [the<br />

World Future Society] are a convening<br />

and a publishing house. We do<br />

articles on a range of issues, but certainly<br />

one of the most powerful stories<br />

that we are able to tell is the<br />

story of organizations, countries,<br />

and even individuals who have<br />

taken their own future under advisement<br />

and are working to make it<br />

better, in order to avoid repeating<br />

the mistakes of the past and improve<br />

the quality of life for those that cannot<br />

speak for themselves.<br />

Wagner: I would welcome an<br />

article that would tell the rest of the<br />

world what it is you need, step-bystep.<br />

How do you build a future?<br />

Mack: Another thing we should be<br />

clear about: The Society is in fact a<br />

neutral clearinghouse, and that gives<br />

us our authenticity and the trust that<br />

we have with our readers. But also it<br />

makes us very interested in finding<br />

the truth and making it clear to an<br />

international audience. And that international<br />

audience is spread across<br />

citizens and academics, policy makers,<br />

corporate leaders—a wide range<br />

of people who would be very interested<br />

in the future of Haiti.<br />

Wagner: We also tell stories when<br />

other media outlets aren’t interested<br />

in them. And that is a very big problem<br />

with the attention span in the<br />

United States. We had this horrific<br />

crisis in Haiti with the earthquake,<br />

and people reached out to their fellow<br />

man, because that’s what we humans<br />

do.<br />

Mack: But we don’t do it for very<br />

long.<br />

Raymond Joseph<br />

80 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong><br />

Wagner: We don’t<br />

do it for very long,<br />

and that’s the media<br />

problem that we have.<br />

And that’s where I<br />

think THE FUTURIST<br />

is very different. We<br />

had a story on alternative<br />

technologies that<br />

are very low cost—energy,<br />

water filtration, a<br />

bicycle built for cargo.<br />

That’s the kind of<br />

story that doesn’t really<br />

make headlines,<br />

so that’s what we try to do: focus attention<br />

on problems and how they<br />

can be solved. The story of Haiti’s<br />

potential catastrophes was very well<br />

known to people who were watching<br />

the trends.<br />

You mentioned reforestation—that<br />

was the first thing that came to my<br />

mind. If you’re starting to rebuild<br />

the country, you need to build the<br />

natural resources back up and get<br />

your entire population involved, one<br />

person at a time: “Plant one tree and<br />

you will help your country.” That’s<br />

very motivating and it’s very doable.<br />

Mack: Right. And we’ve seen reforestation<br />

models in other parts of<br />

the world (Mongolia,<br />

for example, which is<br />

very arid) work very<br />

well.<br />

Wagner: Getting into<br />

the politics of international<br />

aid: People become<br />

very frustrated<br />

when their donations sit<br />

on the docks and don’t<br />

go into the country.<br />

Then you come into the<br />

problem where people<br />

want to help you and<br />

Timothy Mack<br />

then stop helping you.<br />

And you can’t have that<br />

stop. You still need people to contribute,<br />

but for your own people [to<br />

contribute as well]; they’re the ones<br />

who live there. They also can contribute—more<br />

than they think they<br />

can.<br />

Mack: And as well, self-reliance is<br />

a strong position to negotiate from.<br />

When the country is rejuvenating itself,<br />

you don’t have to rely on what I<br />

would call unreliable assistance.<br />

Wagner: You also don’t need the<br />

experts to do the futures for you. We<br />

h a v e f o u n d t h a t c o m m u n i t y<br />

groups—in Michigan, for example—<br />

have been very useful in dealing<br />

with the auto industry crisis in their<br />

own communities. They get town<br />

hall groups together to start discussing<br />

“Where do we want our community<br />

to be? What do we want?” You<br />

start with that vision, and then you<br />

work back and build the steps to get<br />

there. The term for that is “backcasting.”<br />

You can call it “envisioning the<br />

future,” whatever you want to, but it<br />

is a process, and communities can do<br />

that.<br />

Mack: It is a trusted process, and<br />

it’s worked well elsewhere. That<br />

point is very important, because it<br />

seems to me one of the great crises<br />

that Haiti faces—and perhaps one<br />

you respond to—is the trust in the<br />

present government. That must be<br />

addressed, and that trust must be rebuilt,<br />

regardless.<br />

Wagner: So part of the enticement,<br />

of bringing the intellectuals back<br />

into Haiti, has to be from Haiti itself.<br />

Raymond Joseph: Right.<br />

Mack: The chance is for them to<br />

have a real hand in building Haiti’s<br />

glorious future. It’s much more possible<br />

for change to occur in smaller<br />

countries. The United<br />

States is so large and it<br />

has so many people<br />

wrestling for the future<br />

of the country, while<br />

Haiti has one national<br />

culture instead of 40 national<br />

cultures, as we<br />

see in the United States.<br />

And a vision that can be<br />

built with a country that<br />

has a scale that is workable<br />

and a sense of the<br />

national culture is extraordinary<br />

and could<br />

be done very quickly. So<br />

I’m saying that there are real opportunities<br />

here.<br />

Raymond Joseph: So if I understand,<br />

you work in the realm of<br />

ideas.<br />

Mack: And the possible, too; we<br />

work not just in the realm of ideas,<br />

but in the realm of making those<br />

ideas practical and implementable.<br />

Paul Joseph: If I may, I would like<br />

to have the theme of this meeting go<br />

from the possible, which is the art of<br />

politics, to the implementable. I


talked with some friends of mine at<br />

the church I go to; we have our goals<br />

set out for our congregation for the<br />

year, and I said one of the things we<br />

have to approach every one of our<br />

goals with is, How do we get it<br />

done?<br />

Part of the reason that I set this<br />

meeting up was because I understood<br />

the synergies between the two<br />

entities. Wheaton College anthropology<br />

[indicating Raymond Joseph, who<br />

holds a bachelor’s degree in anthropology<br />

from Wheaton College in Illinois],<br />

political destabilizer, and very successful<br />

at it. You’re the futurist, that’s<br />

anthropology and projections, the<br />

modeling of case histories.<br />

Mack: Right.<br />

Paul Joseph: Then, here you have<br />

here the editor [indicating Wagner],<br />

he’s an editor [indicating Raymond<br />

Joseph]—that’s how the destabilization<br />

of the Duvalier regime came<br />

about, through the newspaper my<br />

father and my uncle founded. I<br />

looked at all the synergies, and I<br />

thought you’re speaking the same<br />

languages, just not in the exact same<br />

animal, for lack of a better term, with<br />

which Haiti now is identified. In<br />

shaping the future of what the country<br />

can be, that [becomes a] blueprint<br />

that you can use as a model. If another<br />

Katrina hits someplace else, or<br />

a tsunami, here’s what happened in<br />

Haiti, and here’s how we rebuilt,<br />

here’s what we’re doing in Mongolia,<br />

here is what’s going on there.<br />

Mack: Right. And one [goal] is to<br />

bring implementable, on-theground,<br />

transportable, and affordable<br />

technologies that can be put in<br />

place quickly. We certainly heard a<br />

lot about the use of communication<br />

technologies in Haiti, where when<br />

the networks were cut off, the people<br />

were able to keep communications,<br />

information, flowing about need,<br />

about damage, about fatalities, about<br />

the immediate triage that was required.<br />

Those were very helpful.…<br />

As we all know, Haiti will always<br />

be in the path of harm. And I don’t<br />

mean politically, I mean from the environment,<br />

from the growing problems<br />

that we see with climate<br />

change, from the instability of the<br />

land. We really focus on how new<br />

technology affects people’s lives—is<br />

it practical? One of the things that<br />

happens in a country which has seen<br />

crisis is that entrepreneurial forces<br />

come from around the world—<br />

largely from the United States—and<br />

say, “I have such a wonderful deal:<br />

I’d be glad to share this technology<br />

with you, only five million dollars.”<br />

Wagner: That was the other point I<br />

think we can make about starting<br />

small and at the grassroots. We talk<br />

about new technologies, but there<br />

are also social technologies. And one<br />

thing that I think would be very implementable<br />

would be the microlending<br />

programs that have been<br />

very widely …<br />

Raymond Joseph: Microfinance.<br />

Mack: Yes, microfinance.<br />

Wagner: Yes, absolutely, lending to<br />

your neighbors, community lending:<br />

“What do I have that can help you?”<br />

But what you face is a collection of<br />

problems, and the decision has to be<br />

made, what do you tackle first?<br />

Mack: And of course the biggest<br />

problem you face is leadership.<br />

Raymond Joseph: That’s it, that’s<br />

it.<br />

Mack: And how do you get the<br />

strong leadership that is necessary to<br />

make this change even be considered.<br />

Paul Joseph: This is where I feel<br />

the first step had to be made. I<br />

thought that all day and last night as<br />

well, and how specifically the World<br />

Future Society can help, because it<br />

has such an extensive reach. These<br />

two men [indicating Emmanuel Henry<br />

and Raymond Joseph], with their collective<br />

experience, have a vast<br />

wealth of knowledge and an extensive<br />

network in Haiti. If you want<br />

the facts, if you want the figures, if<br />

you want the information that very<br />

few people know and you show that<br />

you can use it to the best advantage<br />

of the country, I’m sure they would<br />

be willing to make some of it available.<br />

…<br />

Now, where that information can<br />

best be utilized and with the right<br />

parties, … that’s the way that the<br />

story of what’s gone wrong with<br />

Haiti can gain a much larger international<br />

audience and institute the<br />

changes instead of the OAS [Organization<br />

of American States] and the<br />

UN and whoever else saying, “Let’s<br />

have a runoff of the candidates” in a<br />

fraudulent election already. Change<br />

that story to, let’s say, “If you have a<br />

runoff of this kind of election, then<br />

you deny, historically speaking, the<br />

legitimacy of the United States’<br />

birth, because it was a country that<br />

rebelled against unjust rule.” You<br />

have to support the rebellion against<br />

unjust rule today, or the hypocrisy is<br />

too outlandish.<br />

…<br />

Wagner: [But] if you can outline<br />

the vision of your future, that’s the<br />

story that we can tell.<br />

Mack: We can certainly help you<br />

with shaping that story. And we can<br />

help you with telling that story. But<br />

the telling may be on a little longer<br />

timeframe than the immediate<br />

March crisis … or, you know, the 7th<br />

of February.<br />

Wagner: Think of this as postcrisis<br />

thinking.<br />

…<br />

Raymond Joseph: Mr. Mack here,<br />

he says: Work on the blueprint, the<br />

future you want to see. And then<br />

come and visit and see …<br />

Wagner: And instruct us.<br />

Mack: Right.… It seems to me the<br />

first step would be for us to put together<br />

a list of people you should be<br />

talking to.<br />

So let me ask you, What are your<br />

next steps? What are you hoping to<br />

accomplish in the next few weeks?<br />

Raymond Joseph: My next steps.<br />

That’s what I’ve been working on.<br />

Since I was bumped off the ballot, I<br />

have stayed in Haiti and worked<br />

with various candidates—some who<br />

were running, and some who were<br />

not running—and looking towards<br />

having a large coalition for future<br />

change. That’s my goal. I’m not even<br />

considering myself as a candidate<br />

for the president of Haiti.<br />

Mack: Well you know who comes<br />

to mind, I mean, you look at South<br />

Africa and the history of South Africa,<br />

you know, there were years and<br />

years of struggle. No, I’m not suggesting<br />

you should spend any time<br />

in prison like Nelson Mandela, but<br />

another name in that group is Desmond<br />

Tutu: you know, people who<br />

had not a formal role in the government,<br />

but enormous influence.<br />

Raymond Joseph: That’s the way<br />

I’ve been through the years, you<br />

know? I fought the dictatorship of<br />

Duvalier, I fought against Aristide<br />

<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 81


and … his kind. And I was condemned<br />

for death in absentia.<br />

Mack: Yes, I know that. And, as<br />

you know, some people who are<br />

condemned to death in absentia had<br />

it come and visit them.…<br />

Raymond Joseph: What I have<br />

tried to do in the past, building a coalition<br />

of ethical leaderships, has<br />

been successful. Since they have<br />

bumped me off the ballot as for the<br />

presidency, I’ve come back. Now we<br />

have quite a few candidates for presidency.<br />

I want to tell them you cannot<br />

all be president of Haiti, but you<br />

can all work for change.<br />

Mack: Yes. You can all be friends<br />

of Haiti.<br />

Raymond Joseph: Exactly. So, let’s<br />

work together to do this. And immediately,<br />

the next thing I’m doing is to<br />

help annul the election that took<br />

place, which was not an election.<br />

That’s what I’m working on right<br />

now.<br />

Mack: Are you also working on<br />

observers for the coming elections,<br />

too, or is that something that will<br />

happen no matter what?<br />

Raymond Joseph: We haven’t gotten<br />

there yet. However, the first<br />

democratic elections in Haiti, in<br />

1990—December 16th—I was the<br />

one that signed the agreement with<br />

the OAS back then. I was the representative<br />

of the country to the OAS;<br />

the UN took that agreement and expanded<br />

on it, and we had 3,000 observers<br />

in Haiti the week of the elections.<br />

So I’m used to doing that. And<br />

I will want to—in the elections coming<br />

up, after we get through this harrowing<br />

year—to have the best observer<br />

teams. I brought President<br />

Carter to Haiti in 1990, and others. I<br />

want to get to that point in the next<br />

elections coming up, which will<br />

probably be in a year, because this<br />

thing here that they’re trying to<br />

patch up, they cannot patch it up.<br />

They’re trying to patch it up at the<br />

level of the presidential elections.<br />

However, the fraud was widespread.<br />

It was at the legislative [level] also.<br />

Mack: And that may be very selfdefeating<br />

in the sense that a weak<br />

government does not last, especially<br />

if that government is clearly<br />

founded on fraud.<br />

Raymond Joseph: Exactly.<br />

Mack: We know many people, but<br />

mobilizing them within days or<br />

weeks—I would be honest with you<br />

and say it’s unrealistic based on our<br />

capabilities, our staff, and our resources.<br />

However, mobilizing<br />

the kind of organization<br />

for change that you’re<br />

talking about, and helping<br />

you not only put together<br />

a plan, but also<br />

[figuring out] who<br />

should be part of that<br />

and give you some nonprofits<br />

from a range of<br />

areas, or at least people<br />

that are not seen as political<br />

to say, “Yes, this is<br />

the direction, this is<br />

how Haiti should think<br />

about its own future,” we can be<br />

helpful with that.<br />

Paul Joseph: … and because they<br />

don’t have any political allegiance as<br />

well. They’re more credible because<br />

they’re not interested for the profit<br />

motives.<br />

Raymond Joseph: And to be frank<br />

with you, since the earthquake, Haiti<br />

has had too many NGOs, so much so<br />

that now they’re calling Haiti “The<br />

Republic of NGOs.” They’re saying<br />

ten thousand. There’s no coordination.<br />

Mack: They all have their own<br />

agendas, and therefore they step on<br />

each other.<br />

Raymond Joseph: And you don’t<br />

see what they accomplish.<br />

Wagner: There’s duplication and<br />

gaps.<br />

Mack: Also, they are there to accomplish<br />

what they are built for,<br />

which is their own, their own …<br />

Paul Joseph: … agendas.<br />

Mack: Not just agendas; their own<br />

pride. You’ve seen that. You know,<br />

NGOs are very proud. And they are<br />

very moral, but not always in a good<br />

way: “Maybe you should change the<br />

way you live your life because I say<br />

so.” Too much of that in NGOs.<br />

Let me just say one last thing,<br />

which is, I think that what we bring<br />

is tools for the people of Haiti to use,<br />

as opposed to rules for the people of<br />

Haiti to follow.<br />

Henry: That’s well said.<br />

Raymond Joseph: Good. That’s<br />

well said. I will take that. I want to<br />

take that sentence.<br />

“Haiti has too<br />

many NGOs,<br />

so much so that<br />

now they are<br />

calling Haiti<br />

‘The Republic<br />

of NGOs.’”<br />

Raymond Joseph<br />

Henry: And when you have ten<br />

thousand NGOs, everybody wants<br />

to pull you in different directions.<br />

“My direction is better; yours is better,”<br />

and nothing is accomplished,<br />

nothing is<br />

achieved.<br />

Mack: But we’re very,<br />

very pleased that you<br />

would come here and<br />

talk to us about this,<br />

and we want to be as<br />

helpful as we can.<br />

Raymond Joseph:<br />

And I’m going to tell<br />

you, also, Paul has tried<br />

to get me to talk to various<br />

people, and you<br />

know …<br />

Mack: Some you say,<br />

“Yes,” some you say, “No.”<br />

Raymond Joseph: When he talked<br />

about you, I said I want to come. Not<br />

because I know you’re going to help<br />

me solve the problem right away,<br />

but that you can help me think about<br />

the future.<br />

Mack: And one of the things we<br />

can do is bring together a group that<br />

could meet with you at some time in<br />

the future, when you have a better<br />

sense of what the next year, for example,<br />

is going to look like. That<br />

we’d be very interested in. And certainly<br />

we know a lot of groups that<br />

were active in Haiti in a positive<br />

way, more in the way that I described,<br />

bringing tools to the people.<br />

Henry: More the tools than the<br />

rules!<br />

Paul Joseph: Yeah!<br />

Mack: Yes.<br />

Raymond Joseph: Yes.<br />

★ ★ ★<br />

Editor’s note: Three days after our<br />

meeting, on January 16, exiled dictat<br />

o r J e a n - C l a u d e “ Baby D o c”<br />

Duvalier returned to Haiti, accompanied<br />

by heavy security. Ousted President<br />

Jean- Bertrand Aristide also returned<br />

from exile, arriving in<br />

Port-au-Prince just two days before a<br />

runoff between the two top vote getters<br />

in the disputed 2010 election.<br />

The results were not known at the<br />

time of publication.<br />

❑<br />

82 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!